Central Battery System Cooper LTD

Central Battery Systems
Why central battery systems?

Central battery system based emergency lighting is ideal
for larger projects. There are many reasons for this, the
main ones being:
Simplified maintenance Integrated Emergency lighting

Self contained emergency luminaires each incorporate Static inverter type central battery systems are able to
individual rechargeable batteries. The combination of power suitable unmodified mains luminaires at full power
raised ambient temperature within typical luminaires and during both mains healthy and mains failed conditions.
continuous charging under mains healthy conditions On projects with large open areas, particularly those with
results in a normal battery life of around 4 years. At the high mounting heights, the use of mains fittings operating
end of the battery life, each individual battery must be at full output in emergency mode can greatly reduce the
replaced, this is a time consuming and disruptive process number of emergency luminaires required. The use of
often requiring the mains fittings to be dismantled to gain suitable standard unmodified mains luminaires also has
access to the battery. aesthetic advantages in many applications.
With a Central battery system the battery is housed in a

secure cabinet in a suitable, easy to access location such as
a plant room. The batteries in a central battery system will
typically have a 10 year design life, and when replacement
is required they can be easily and quickly replaced.
On large systems with hundreds of emergency luminaires,

Central battery systems potentially offer massive savings in
maintenance cost and disruption.
1
System features
Comprehensive indication
display
Shows current system status at
a glance
Modular inverter
design
Individual inverter modules
can easily be removed for
maintenance or to reduce
weight during installation
(2.5KVA and above)
Temperature compensation
with digital display
Automatically adjusts charger
voltage to optimise performance
and life in response to ambient
temperature.
Integral plinth
For ease of positioning
Note: Compact units (AC500...) differ slightly from above, contact technical sales for full details (Tel: 01302 303221)
2
Centralised or distributed systems
Cooper Lighting and Security manufactures a wide range This can considerably reduce the overall installed cost of
of Central battery systems. Standard products include the system by reducing the amount of distribution wiring.
static inverter systems with ratings from 500VA to 30KVA. Distributed systems can also increase system integrity by
limiting the area affected by failure of an individual unit.
Smaller systems are ideal for providing emergency lighting
in small localised areas, e.g. Atriums where traditional The compact 500VA static inverter system is ideal for use
emergency lighting is not appropriate, alternatively as part of a distributed system, having a small footprint
multiple small systems can be utilised, located at and a lift off front cover, ideal for use in areas where access
convenient points throughout the building. space is limited.
Distributed systems can save on overall wiring
3
Choice of emergency luminaires
To complement the range of Central systems, a wide
selection of slave luminaires and conversion modules is
also available, which have been specifically designed to Normal mains healthy condition
ensure compatibility with Cooper Lighting and Security
central systems. Alternatively ACM1 modules can be used Local Switched
Supply
to enable suitable normal unmodified mains luminaires to
be utilised for both normal and emergency lighting
operation.
Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
ACM1 modules can either be mounted inside the Luminaire
designated luminaire, or housed in a remote enclosure. Mains only

When housed in a remote enclosure, the ACM1 can either Luminaires
be used to control an individual luminaire or a series of

Local Switched OR
luminaires, that all share a common switched live under Supply
normal mains healthy conditions.
The operation of the ACM1 module is described opposite.

Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire
Cooper Lighting and Security offer dedicated slave
luminaires, that have been purpose designed to operate Mains only
Luminaires
with static inverter systems, they have a light output and
distribution that has been optimised to provide typical
emergency lighting design values.
The use of these efficient low power luminaires can
significantly reduce the physical size, output rating and Failure of normal lighting final circuit
cost of the static inverter system compared to the use of
Local Switched
adapted normal mains luminaires. ACM1 units can also be Supply
used to control dedicated slave luminaires if either local

switching (see above) or non maintained operation is
required.
Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire
For non maintained slave operation, the ACM1 can be used
to “hold off” the supply to the dedicated emergency Mains only
Luminaires
luminaires until a mains failure occurs.
This is achieved by simply not adding a switched live

connection to the ACM1.
Total mains failure
Local Switched
Supply
Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire
Mains only
Luminaires
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
4
Addressable testing
Legislation demands that emergency lighting systems Where ACM1 modules are utilised to allow standard mains
are regularly tested and maintained in full working order. fittings to also operate as emergency luminaires, special
The Easicheck Addressable testing systems can greatly addressable versions are available which have the same
simplify the testing and maintenance regime, by functionality as normal ACM1 modules, but in addition
automatically carrying out complete automatic testing of can be controlled by Easicheck for automatic testing
the entire emergency lighting system and raising an alarm purposes. An additional interface is fitted to each central
when remedial work is required. battery unit to allow Easicheck to monitor critical
parameters and to activate discharge testing as required.
Easicheck removes the need for expensive, time consuming
manual testing of emergency lighting systems, and ensures Control panels can operate on a stand alone basis or can
that a thorough, consistent test regime is implemented. be networked together to form a single integrated system.
As well as carrying out regular testing of all connected In addition, software and hardware packages are available
emergency luminaires, the Easicheck system continually to allow Easicheck systems to connect to a computer to
monitors the status of the central battery units to ensure provide either a text based or graphical user interface for
that key parameters such as battery voltage and charge ease of monitoring on large sites.
current are at the correct level.
The diagram below represents a typical wiring
The Easicheck system consists of a control panel (or series arrangement for a networked Easicheck system connected
of control panels on large projects) and an addressable to a Central battery system. A comprehensive installation
interface added to each emergency luminaire and control planning guide is available on request to assist with the
device. An individual Easicheck panel can monitor and detailed planning of an Easicheck installation.
control up to 250 addressable interfaces, each of which
could be either a luminaire, a control device or Central
battery system.
Supply to emergency fitting
Data cable
Network Cable
Optional PC
Interface
5
6
Static inverter detailed technical specification
The system includes all necessary features to comply with the requirements of BS EN50171: 2001 for Central System Supplies.
Inverters are able to start the full load of a previously un-powered system, within the response time of EN1838 in mains
failure mode.
Charger and Controls
Mains Supply: 230 ± 10% VAC 1 phase 50hz

Input Control: MCB to BS3871 Pt. 1, or BS4752 Part 1
Fusegear: HRC type to BS88
Terminals: DIN rail mounted near to cable entry
Transformer: Double wound with earth screen to BS171
Rectifier: Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
Display Panel: Comprehensive LED and LCD display (see below for details)
Contactor: Standard contactors comply with the requirements of EN 60947-4-1
Constant voltage, current-limited type with electronic solid-state controller. Voltage is controlled to
Charger:
within 2% of setting at up to 10% mains supply variations.
Temperature Fitted as standard on all units with lead acid cells. The charger voltage is automatically adjusted
Compensation: with reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life.
Boost Control: Manual boost/commissioning push button is fitted to units with vented batteries.
Test Push-button: Simulates mains failure
Inverter Pre-settable in the range 220-240VAC. Unless otherwise advised, the output will be set at 230VAC.
Output voltage: The voltage tolerance is 2% on loads of 0-100% of system rating.
Frequency: 50 or 60hz. ± 0.01%. Standard setting 50hz
Waveform: Sinusoidal
Voltage Regulation: Static 2%, dynamic 6%
Isolation: 1.5kv rms between input and output terminals
Total Harmonic
Less than 3% into a linear load
Distortion:
Power Factor: Will supply loads in the 0.3 lag - 0.3 lead range (0.7 lag - 0.7 lead for AC500 units)
Overload: 200% for 10 seconds, 125% for 20 minutes without reduction in output voltage
Start-up Time: Standard 30mS
Noise Level: Less than 55dBA at 1 metre
Efficiency: 85-89%
DC input and AC output MCBs
DC input reverse polarity protection
Protection:
Short circuit protection
Reverse-fed mains proof
The inverter automatically shuts down when the battery discharges to a pre-set level. Re-set is
Low voltage shut following a combination of the restoration of the mains supply and an increase in battery voltage
down: above the disconnect threshold level. Residual current drain when the disconnect circuit has
operated is less than 1mA per module
Technology: Pulse width modulation with high frequency switching
7
Display Indication
Indicates that mains power is supplied to the charger, and to all connected sub-circuit monitors
Power On
(LK1), and that no “brown-out” has occurred.
Indicating that mains power is supplied to the Maintained circuit, and that any switching
Maintained lights
connected to LK2 is closed
Indicating that the charger is working in the constant voltage mode (and hence the charge current
Float mode* is low or falling). Unless the Boost Mode indicator is also lit (see below) this indicates that the
battery voltage is at the preset float voltage
Current limit* Indicating that the charger is in constant current mode (and hence the battery voltage is rising).
Indicating that the charger is in constant voltage mode (at float voltage unless the boost indicator
Full charge* is also illuminated), and that the current has dropped to a low level (generally below 10-20% of
current limit)
(Not applicable to Valve Regulated Lead Acid types of batteries) - Indicating that the unit is
charging towards a target voltage about 20% higher than the preset float voltage. Depending on
options selected at the design stage, this can be initiated automatically or manually. If automatic,
Boost mode*
it shall start and finish on preset voltage thresholds. If initiated manually, it shall be terminated
either manually or by a timer. Manual operation shall be by means of two push buttons on the
internal PCB.
Indicating that mains power has failed (or dropped below the “brown-out threshold”) either to
Mains fail* the unit or to one of the sub-circuit monitors connected to it. The charger will then not be
operating, and the output will be supplied from the battery
Charge fail Indicates that battery voltage and charge current are both low.
Indicating that the battery voltage has risen above a preset threshold, normally 5% above float
Battery high volts
voltage
Indicates that the battery voltage has dropped below a preset threshold, normally 5% below float
Battery low volts
voltage
Indicating some leakage to earth (resistance approximately 5kohms or less) on any circuit
Earth fault*
connected to the battery positive or negative.
Indicating that the deep discharge protection circuit has operated, cutting off the output to avoid
Deep discharge
damage to the battery. It shall remain illuminated until mains power has been restored AND the
protection
condition has been acknowledged by pressing the Deep Discharge Protection Reset button
Inverter running Indicates that the inverter is providing an output of nominally 230VAC
Display current Changes the digital meter display from battery voltage to battery current
Display Temp* Changes the digital meter display from battery voltage to battery temperature
Mute buzzer An internal buzzer sounds when any alarm condition occurs, which can be silenced with this button
Displays Battery voltage by default, will display charge/discharge current or ambient temperature
LCD Display
if above buttons are operated
* Not fitted on compact static inverter units (AC500...) See page 10 for details.
8
Selecting the correct sized unit
Use the following procedure to select a correctly sized 3) Fittings with a low Power factor have a much higher
static inverter: circuit VA than fittings with a high power factor.
Using low power factor fittings on a static inverter will
1) Make a list of all the luminaires to be connected to the increase the size and cost of the static inverter unit.
static inverter. 4) Ensure any fitting selected for use as an emergency
2) Note the quantity of fittings of each type. fitting complies with the product standard for
3) Establish the electrical supply details for each luminaire emergency fittings (EN60598-2-22) note, that to
type (the circuit watts and the circuit VA). comply with this standard glow starters, or lamps
4) Multiply each of these by the quantity of luminaires with built in starters must not be used, (use electronic
5) Add together the total Circuit wattage requirement starters instead).
and the total circuit VA requirement.
6) Add an allowance (recommend a minimum of 20%) Worked examples
for future expansion. In the following examples the same fitting types have been
7) Select an inverter unit from the list opposite which is used in both cases, however in the first example, switch
capable of supplying both the required VA rating and start gear has been used as the basis for calculation, the
the required wattage rating. second example, is based on HF gear. These examples
illustrate how the use of HF gear results in a smaller and
Notes cheaper static inverter unit.
1) Make sure you use the circuit watts of the fitting not
the lamp watts (with a switch start fitting, there can be Calculate the correct sized static inverter to support the
as much as 40% difference between the lamp wattage following load:
and the actual circuit wattage of the fitting) 55 x 58W battens
2) The circuit wattage of a HF fitting will be normally be 21 x Twin 58W Weatherproof fittings
substantially lower than that of an equivalent switch 20 x 8W Exit signs
start fitting. If HF fittings are used instead of switch
start fittings, the resulting inverter is likely to be
significantly cheaper and smaller.
Example 1 (Switch start gear)
Qty Type Circuit VA (ea) Circuit VA (Tot) Circuit Watts (Ea) Circuit Watts (Tot)
55 1 x 58W Switch start batten 79.3 4361.5 69 3795

21 2 x 58W Switch start weatherproof 158.6 3330.6 138 2898
20 8W Exit sign (HF) 11 220 9 180
Total connected load 7912.10 6873
Plus 20% spare 9494.52 8247.60
Example 2 (HF gear)
55 58W High frequency batten 56.1 3085.5 55 3025

21 2 x 58W High frequency weatherproof 112.2 2356.2 110 2310
20 8W Exit sign (HF) 11 220 9 180
Plus 20% spare 6794.04 6618
9
Having calculated the required system size, select a unit from the list below which has sufficient capacity to support the
required load (including the spare capacity), note bolts and VA wattage must be checked.
Cooper Lighting and Security offers a wide range of static inverter systems, with ratings from 500VA to 30KVA. The list below
shows a number of popular sized units are available on short delivery lead times. For requirements outside this range, please
contact out central battery systems technical sales department, who will be pleased to provide further details.
Part Number Easicheck compatible Max output VA Max output Watts Standby hrs
1AC500VAM3 No 500 400 3
1AC500VAM3EC Yes 500 400 3
1ACSLX12503AP No 1250 1065 3
1ACSLX25003AP No 2500 2000 3
1ACSLX37503AP No 3750 3200 3
SK-AC4KVA-SLR3 No 4000 3400 3
SK-JAC4KVA-SLR3* Yes 4000 3400 3
SK-AC7-5KVA-SLR3 No 7500 6375 3
SK-JAC7-5KVA-SLR3* Yes 7500 6375 3
SK-AC10KVA-SLR3 No 10000 8500 3
* contains Easicheck interface
Contact technical sales for details of cubicle dimensions (Tel: 01302 303221)
Head Office
Cooper Lighting and Security Ltd, Wheatley Hall Road, Doncaster, South Yorkshire, DN2 4NB
Sales General Major Projects London Export

T: +44 (0)1302 303303 +44 (0)1302 321541 +44 (0)1992 787999 +44 (0)1302 303250
F: +44 (0)1302 367155 +44 (0)1302 303220 +44 (0)1992 787222 +44 (0)1302 303251
E: sales@cooper-ls.com technical@cooper-ls.com london@cooper-ls.com export@cooper-ls.com www.cooper-ls.com CC1285/03_07/10K
10
www.cooper-ls.com
CC1285/03_07/10K
FOREWORD
Cooper Industries Core values

Cooper Industries was originally formed in 1833 as a foundry Our core values and aims are:
business in Ohio, USA. It has since grown to become a • Investment in people
$5.2 billion turnover global business, manufacturing primarily • To partner with our customers to develop open, long term
electrical products. relationships
• To have an unpretentious, straightforward and honest
Headquartered in Houston, Cooper employs 31,000 people approach to business
and has sales and manufacturing facilities in over 100 • The continued investment in research and development
locations around the world. • Investment in manufacturing facilities to ensure they remain
world class
Cooper is active in several areas of electrical manufacturing • To produce products which are in full compliance with
including fuses, petrochemical switchgear and lighting, mains standards
lighting, emergency lighting, fire detection, security systems, • To operate in an environmentally friendly way - in the
electrical enclosures, power tools and medium voltage power products we design and the facilities in which we make
distribution systems. Well known brands include CEAG, them
Crouse-Hinds, Bussmann, Weller, Scantronic and Menvier not • To have high ethical standards 1
to mention the Cooper brand itself.
Over the last eight years we have welcomed a large number of
In 1997, Cooper acquired Menvier followed by the acquisition highly talented people to our company.
of JSB in 1999. Not only were they highly respected
companies with excellent brands but it also gave Cooper We believe that our people are the heart of Cooper Lighting
No. 1 position in both the UK and Europe in emergency and that we have the talent, the infrastructure and the will to
lighting and a substantial position in fire detection equipment. serve our customers to the highest standard. We would like to
Late in 1999, Cooper then acquired Crompton Lighting, thank our many loyal customers for their support over the
a business originally formed in 1876 holding No. 2 position in years and we welcome new customers and look forward to
the UK. mutually beneficial long-term relationships.
Cooper Lighting & Safety Ltd

In 2000, Crompton, Menvier and JSB were merged into a new
company - Cooper Lighting and Security - a financially stable,
profitable, cash generative and expanding business, turning
over £90 million per annum and employing over 900 people.
In the last eight years, the business has changed substantially.
Following a massive investment program in people, facilities,
manufacturing and distribution infrastructure, Cooper Lighting
and Security is the strongest and fittest business in its market
place. In 2008 the Company changed its name to Cooper
Lighting and Safety.
Additionally, 2007 saw the launch of the Axent range of

architectural lighting. Incorporating the latest technology,
materials and optical designs, Axent products provide both
the lighting designer and the end user with a variety of
innovative lighting solutions. Details of the Axent range can
be found in the Axent book - contact us if you would like to
request a copy.
Foreword
2
Emirates Stadium
CONTENTS
Introduction 5
System Design 6
System Planning 18
Sizing AC/DC Units 19
Luminaire Technical Data 20
Sizing Static Inverters 22
Electrical Data 23
Loadstar AC/DC Systems 25
Economy AC/DC Systems 32
Loadstar AC/AC Systems 35
Compact AC/AC Systems 42
Switch Tripping Units 46
Ceaguard CG2000PG 48
Ceaguard CG48 54
Slave Technical Data 58
Briteway 60 3
Briteway Recessed 61
Vistral 62
Fairlite 64
Slimlite 66
Eurolite 67
Micropoint 68
Sintralite 69
Atlantic 71
DRG 72
Weatherlite 73
Alfalux 74
Alfalux Highbay 75
AG Bulkhead 76
New Safe 8 77
Zeta II 78
Britesign 79
Brite Edge 82
Briteblade 83
Evoled 85
Safe Edge 86
Recessed Safe Edge 88
Royalux 90
Manhattan 91
Waylite 800 92
New Safe Ex 93
ZED 94
Exit SE 95
Legendlite 96
TFL 97
ACM1 98
SMCB 100
Emergency Design Guide 103
Emergency Spacing Tables 116
Glossary of Terms 122
Contact Details 124
National Space Centre, Leicester
Loadstar Static Inverter System
4
CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEMS
Central battery system based emergency lighting is ideal for Cooper Lighting and Safety manufactures a wide range of central
medium to large installations. For projects where central control battery emergency lighting systems. Standard products include
and testing is desirable, a central battery system is a viable and AC/AC static inverter systems, with the addition of a new compact,
cost effective alternative to self-contained emergency lighting competitively priced unit for smaller installations. A comprehensive
range of traditional AC/DC systems are also available, including an
products.
economy range designed for use in small premises. Bespoke systems
The main advantages of central battery systems over self- to suit the exact requirements of the specifier are also available.
contained systems are:
• Testing and maintenance is much easier to carry out To complement the range of central battery systems, Cooper Lighting
• Battery replacement is much quicker and less disruptive and Safety also offers a wide selection of Menvier and JSB slave
• Battery life is generally 10 years or more luminaires and conversion modules for mains fluorescent luminaires.
• Luminaires can be centrally controlled EasiCheck automatic self-testing can be readily incorporated into
• High light levels can easily be achieved central systems.
• The emergency lighting system can be completely unobtrusive 5
The CeaGuard family offers a selection of compact central systems
for small and large installations, operating specially converted slave
luminaires. All test signalling and reporting for CeaGuard systems is
carried down the power cable.
The following pages provide a guide to system design and standards,

in addition to the comprehensive range of central system products
available from Cooper Lighting and Safety
• System Design (See page 6)

• Loadstar AC/DC Systems (See page 23)
• Economy AC/DC Systems (See page 30)
• Loadstar Static Inverter AC/AC Systems (See page 35)
• Compact Static Inverter AC/AC (See page 44)
• Switchgear Tripping Battery Chargers (See page 46)
• CeaGuard Automatic Testing Central Systems (See page 48)
• Slave Luminaire Technical Data (See page 20)

SYSTEM DESIGN
CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEM DESIGN This section of the catalogue provides a guide to how to choose the
most suitable type of central battery system and then how to ensure it
When it has been decided that a central battery system is the most will meet the installation requirements.
suitable system of emergency lighting for a particular site, the designer Technical assistance is available to help you with selecting and
needs to give consideration to the following: designing a system correctly. Contact the Cooper Lighting and Safety
• Lighting design Central Systems Technical Sales department,
• Type of system Tel: 01302 303240 or E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com
• System control & mode of operation
• Battery type
• System sizing
• Battery room ventilation
LIGHTING DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Current legislation and design increases the attraction of using central
battery systems to provide emergency lighting in a building. In
6 particular, an increase in the use of static inverter systems,
which provide an alternative source of power to normal mains
luminaires. These considerations can be summarised as follows:
1. BS 5266 part 7 (EN 1838) specifies increased emergency light

levels than previous standards
2. Slave luminaires, operating from AC/DC and AC/AC central
systems, offer a higher light output and improved spacing
characteristics over comparable self-contained versions of the
same luminaire
3. Compact fluorescent lamps make ideal slave luminaires, offering
high efficiency and appropriate light output for areas with low
ceilings
4. There is an increasing requirement from architects and users to
make emergency lighting as unobtrusive as possible, so utilisation
of the normal mains luminaires is an ideal solution
Through the use of dedicated slave luminaires and conversion modules

for mains fluorescent luminaires, these considerations can be catered
for by both AC/DC and AC/AC central systems. An illustration of the
increased output that can be expected from 8W slave luminaires
compared to self-contained versions is shown in figure 1.
Fig. 1
Light output of different types of luminaire (nominal lamp lumens
based on standard 8 Watt fitting)
300 272
221
200 180
100 80
0
2 Cell 3 Cell AC/DC Static Inverter When performing photometric calculations for converted mains
Self-contained Self-contained Slave AC/AC Slave luminaires with static inverter systems, the full design lumen output of
the luminaire must be taken into account, as the lamps are powered by
conventional ballasts. It is important to ensure that the use of such
high output luminaires in low ceiling areas does not exceed the
uniformity factor limitations. The utilisation factor should be taken at
zero reflectance in line with BS 5266 Pts. 1 and 7 1999. Typical
spacing data is provided at the rear of this catalogue, to assist in the
calculation of spacing.
SYSTEM DESIGN
TYPE OF SYSTEM
There are numerous different combinations of central battery system type and the correct choice depends as much on customer preference as on
design criteria. The selection chart below gives some general guidance. Should you wish to discuss a proposed system type for a particular application,
our technical department is available to provide assistance. Contact the Central System Technical Sales department, Tel: 01302 303240 or
E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com.
Do you want dedicated Either use a maintained

emergency luminaires or battery unit with conversion
do you require the emergency Integrated modules (see note 1)
lighting to be integrated or static inverter
within the normal lighting? unit (see note 2)
7
Dedicated
Do you want the emergency

Use a non-maintained Use dedicated slave
None
lighting to be illuminated
battery unit or maintained luminaires powered from
of the whilst the mains is healthy? All of the
battery unit with hold off either a maintained battery
lighting eg. maintained emergency lighting
relays or static inverter with unit or static inverter unit
lighting, security lighting
sub-circuit monitors (see note 3)
or nightlighting applications?
Some
of the
lighting
Use a maintained unit or

static inverter unit
(see note 3) with hold off
relays to control the
non-maintained luminaires
NOTES
1. Conversion modules are designed to be incorporated into a 3. Static inverter systems operate the emergency luminaires at full
conventional mains luminaire. During normal conditions the brightness throughout the emergency autonomy period, which
luminaire operates at full brightness (using the normal switched usually results in significantly improved luminaire spacing for
mains supply and conventional control gear). In emergency mains slave luminaires compared with an equivalent low voltage
conditions the luminaire continues to operate at reduced AC/DC unit. In addition, the combination of higher supply voltage
brightness (with the emergency lamp being powered from the and the resultant reduced input current reduces installation costs
conversion module instead of the conventional control gear). by allowing the use of smaller distribution cables than would be
Conversion modules are ideal for use with mains luminaires required with a lower voltage AC/DC system.
which have louvres with a sharp cut off angle, or for projects
where the mains luminaires have multiple tubes, but only one Please note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in
tube is required to be illuminated during emergency conditions. fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting.
2. Static inverters provide mains voltage output during both

normal and emergency conditions. They are designed to run
conventional mains fittings at full brightness even in emergency
conditions. Static inverters are ideal for projects with large
open areas, or hazardous areas requiring higher than normal
emergency lighting levels, or for powering compact fluorescent
luminaires where there is often insufficient space within the
fitting to accommodate a conversion module.
SYSTEM DESIGN
SYSTEM CONTROL & MODE OF OPERATION
It is a requirement of any correctly designed emergency lighting system that the emergency lighting is activated both in the event of complete mains
failure, and also in the event of a local mains failure. The emergency lighting system can have luminaires that are maintained or non-maintained.
Similarly, the central battery unit can also be maintained or non-maintained operation. The following diagrams explain how activation of the emergency
lighting is achieved, using the main types of central battery systems.
Central systems with dedicated slave luminaires
a) Non-maintained central battery unit with sub-circuit monitors.

With this method, relays are used to monitor the normal lighting
supplies. The contacts of these relays are wired in a series loop
such that in the event of failure of any of the normal lighting
supplies, the loop is broken, sending a signal to the central
battery unit to activate all of the emergency luminaires.
Details of purpose-made remote sub-circuit monitor units can
be found in the Loadstar product section.
8
Normal mains healthy condition Failure of normal lighting final circuit Total mains failure
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
SYSTEM DESIGN
SYSTEM CONTROL & MODE OF OPERATION
Central systems with dedicated slave luminaires (cont’d)
b) Maintained central battery unit with the maintained circuit

continuously energised. A simple installation where emergency
luminaires are illuminated at all material times irrespective of the
status of the normal lighting. In the event of a complete mains
failure, the slave luminaires are illuminated from the battery supply.
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
c) Maintained central battery unit with remote hold off relays.

The maintained output from the battery unit is fed to a number of In the event of a local mains failure, the relay drops out, the contacts
remote hold off relays throughout the building. The coil of the hold close and the emergency luminaires in that particular area are
off relay is connected to the unswitched side of the local normal illuminated from the maintained circuit of the battery unit. In the event
lighting supply. Assuming this supply is healthy, the relay will pull in, of a complete mains failure, the system operates in a similar manner,
opening the contacts and preventing power from reaching the slave except that the slave luminaires are illuminated from the battery supply.
luminaires. Details of purpose-made remote hold off relays can be found in the
Loadstar product section.
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
SYSTEM DESIGN
Central systems with converted mains luminaires - AC/DC
Systems
d) Maintained AC/DC central battery with conversion luminaires Whilst energised, it connects the lamp to the conventional mains
With this option, the normal mains luminaires are fitted with control gear within the luminaire allowing it to operate as a standard
a conversion module, enabling them to also operate as mains fitting, powered via a switched live connection to the mains
emergency luminaires in the event of mains failure. Each ballast. Should the normal lighting fail, the relay within the conversion
conversion module includes a changeover relay which, module drops out, disconnecting the lamp from the conventional
under normal circumstances, is energised by a permanent control gear and connecting it to the inverter within the conversion
supply from the unswitched side of the normal lighting circuit. module. This illuminates the lamp at reduced brightness. In multi-lamp
luminaires, the conversion module only operates a single lamp in the
emergency mode. All other lamps will extinguish upon mains failure.
Local Switched
Supply
10
Normal mains control gear
Lamp
INV Mains only
Luminaires
SMCB
Local Switched Local Switched

Combined Mains/
Supply Supply
Emergency Luminaire
Normal mains control gear Normal mains control gear
Lamp Lamp
OR Mains only Mains only
INV INV
Luminaires Luminaires
SMCB SMCB
Local Switched Combined Mains/

Combined Mains/
Supply Emergency Luminaire
Emergency Luminaire
Normal mains control gear
Lamp
INV Mains only
Luminaires
SMCB
Combined Mains/
Emergency Luminaire
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
- LIVE VIA INVERTER
SYSTEM DESIGN
Central systems with converted mains luminaires - AC/AC
Systems
e) Static inverter unit with conventional mains fittings Local switching with automatic illumination in the event of mains failure
A static inverter runs conventional mains luminaires at full can be easily achieved by use of the Menvier ACM1 module, which is
brightness during both mains healthy and mains failure purpose-designed for this application. A detailed description of the
conditions. However, there is usually a requirement for local ACM1 module, including a typical wiring schematic, can be found on
switching of the luminaires during mains healthy conditions, page 96 .
with automatic illumination in the event of mains failure.
Local Switched
Supply 11
Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire
Mains only
Luminaires Local Switched Local Switched
Supply Supply
OR
Combined Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire Luminaire
Mains only Mains only

Local Switched Luminaires Luminaires
Supply
Combined
ACM1 Mains/Emegency
Luminaire
Mains only
Luminaires
KEY
- LIVE
- DEAD
SYSTEM DESIGN
Why choose a true static inverter
Passive stand-by:
When specifying a central power supply for emergency lighting During normal operation, the incoming mains supply is by-passed to
purposes, there are a number of considerations that require careful the outgoing load terminals via a failsafe change-over contactor, the
consideration to fulfil the required goal of providing a safe, secure, inverter remains un-powered in stand-by mode with the charger
functional and compliant design. maintaining a nominal float voltage on the battery ready to power the
load. The advantages of passive stand-by operation are the excellent
Load types reliability, low maintenance cost and low power consumed during
Many of the new generation of slave/mains luminaire ballast employ normal operation. During the normal mode of operation the inverter
either sophisticated high frequency ballasts or conventional tungstone and its associated electro-mechanical components are inactive and
halogen lamps with significantly high inrush currents; far in excess of remain un-powered. As a result of the inverters inactivity, reduced
the nominal quiescent power of the individual luminaire. When used mechanical and electrical stress prolonging equipment lifetime and
with modern lighting control systems the load variations imposed on thus reducing maintenance cost. It can be assumed that while the
the Static inverter system can be in excess of the nominal rating of the inverter is not active and is in stand-by mode, there is negligible power
inverter and exceed the maximum overload; causing equipment shut- being dissipated in the form of wasted latent heat with the benefit of
down/failure . reduction in the day to day running cost of the equipment and
Many modern day static inverter systems, although capable of improved carbon footprint. Consideration must also be given to the
providing the required 120% overload continuously as part of current reduction of generated (wasted) heat requiring forced ventilation or
standards; are restricted and rely on the incoming mains supply to cooling in the equipments location (plant room/battery room).
clear circuit faults and short term load fluctuations. Such restrictions
are not deemed to be a problem until experiencing an incoming supply With the growing demand for larger higher power static inverters, the
12 failure; with sole reliance upon the inverter to handle any
overload/fluctuations when the inverter and its reliability are most
requirement for balancing the incoming mains supply between phases
becomes more apparent with the need for three phase Systems. It is
critical. unadvisable when specifying 3 phase inverters to select this option for
The Loadstar range of static inverters are designed with a excellent smaller power Static Inverters as their fault clearing capability is
load compatibility, able to deal with short circuits or reverse mains reduced as a result of only 1/3 of the equipments maximum capacity
back-feed on equipments output terminals with no detrimental damage can be supplied on any one outgoing phase. This is further aggravated
to the inverter or control circuitry. by the necessity to match the load on each phase to no greater than
1/3 of the equipments capacity while maintaining the regulatory 20%
Due to the substantial growth and development of low energy/high spare capacity of each output phase.
efficiency discharge lighting as a means of providing large areas of When specifying 3 phase systems less than 15KVA; 3 phase six wire
space with cheap, high levels of luminance, while maintaining high output is the preferred option with the benefits of phase balancing of
spacing centres; there are a number of reasons prohibiting the use of the input supply and excellent fault clearance capability for load circuit
such lamp types for emergency lighting purposes. faults.
Discharge luminaires require a prolonged period of time for the lamp to
strike when initially powered, typically 10 – 15 minutes and thus This example shows the maximum (short term) overload capability for a
contravene the current standards for emergency lighting; allowing only 6KVA 3 phase 4 and 6 wire Static inverter and typical 200% overload.
5 seconds. This can be overcome with the use of no-break static a) 3 Phase 4 wire system
inverter systems to power the load, providing a clean no-break supply Normal load per output phase can be no greater than 1/3 of the
in the hope of an “uninterrupted” supply to the load (UPS). Discharge equipments maximum load = 2KVA per phase, when applying
lighting is restricted to permanently maintained operation, as sub- 200% overload factor each output phase can source a
circuit change-over/hold-off relays do not comply with no-break maximum of 4KVA for a short term period
philosophy. (typically 10 seconds).
When using no-break static inverters with discharge luminaire types, b) 3 Phase 6 wire system
when experiencing fluctuations or load surges, the inverter output Normal load per output phase can be no greater then 1/3 of the
voltage can be reduced as a consequence of the need for fault equipments maximum load and equates to 2 KVA per phase,
clearance and will result in the reset of the lamp/s; requiring a re-strike however the 200% overload factor applies to the full equipment
cycle. The inadvertent reset of discharge lamps is not due to inverter load rating and can source 12KVA for a short term period
fault but is a result of limited overload capability of the inverter. (typically 10 seconds)
As a alternative to discharge luminiare types for emergency lighting;
Coopers Lighting and Safety manufacture a wide range of attractive,
fluorescent high bay and escape route luminairs.
Modes of operation
When selecting a static inverter system as part of a centrally powered
emergency lighting design, there are several types of system available
on the market and careful consideration must be taken to choose the
correct equipment for the application.
Active stand-by:
During the normal mode of operation, the incoming mains supply is by-
passed to the outgoing load terminals via a solid state static switch,
the inverter runs continuously with the charger supplying power to the
inverter and maintaining a nominal float voltage on the battery. Due to
the permanent active status of the inverter (off-load), power is
constantly being removed and replaced into the battery with the overall
effect of constant repetitive charge/discharge and can significantly
reduce battery lifetime (10 year life battery can almost be halved).
Active on-line:
During the normal mode of operation, the inverter runs continuously
with the charger supplying power to the inverter and maintaining a
nominal float voltage on the battery; the inverter supplies the load at all
times. The incoming mains supply is held off as a secondary by-pass
source in case of inverter fault and is used to provide charge power to
the batteries/inverter. Like the active stand-by system, active on-line
inverters run continuously and can reduce battery lifetime; aggravated
by the increase in power demand from the inverter supplying the full
equipment load.
SYSTEM DESIGN
Static Inverter AC/AC with 3 phase (4 wire distribution) Static Inverter with 3 Phase (6 Wire distribution)
The Static Inverter provides a true 3 phase (three phase plus neutral) The Static Inverter provides three individual single phase (SP+N)
output during normal and emergency operation. outputs of differing phases during normal operation, balancing the
supply demand between supply phases. Under Emergency power
conditions the three outputs are fed from a single phase inverter with
the benefit of excellent overload tolerance.
L1 L1
L1 L1 1 Phase Single
N N Phase
3 Phase L2 L1 3 Phase L2 SP+N
TP+N L1 N TP+N L3
L3
Supply L2 33 Phase
Phase
L2 Single Supply
N TP+N N L2 L2
L3 TP+N N Phase 1 Phase
Supply Single
Distribution L3 N N
N
N
SP+N Phase
13
L3 L3
1 Phase Single
N N
SP+N Phase
Advantages: Advantages:
Simple distribution Simple distribution
Excellent overload capability.
Disadvantages:
Poor overload capability. Simple, cheap robust design.
Unnecessary complexity of electronics involved to produce true three Ideal for large and small power systems.
phase output.
Disadvantages:
Small systems are generally expensive. TPN distribution not permissible.

SYSTEM DESIGN
BATTERY TYPE BATTERY TYPE
Cooper Lighting and Safety offer a choice of five different battery Each battery type has specific characteristics. In order to assist with
types: the choice of battery, full details of the characteristics and benefits can
be found in the Loadstar and Static Inverter System product pages.
• Valve regulated lead acid (10 year design life) The table below (fig. 2) provides a comparative guide to these
• Valve regulated lead acid (3-5 year design life) characteristics
• Vented nickel-cadmium
• High performance plante lead acid The most popular battery type is valve regulated lead acid with a 10
• Flat plate lead acid year design life. This type of battery is used on approximately 90% of
projects due to its competitive cost, good life characteristics, ease of
maintenance and compact size.
Fig. 2 Comparison of Battery Characteristics
Characteristics Valve Regulated Valve Regulated Vented High Performance Flat plate
Lead Acid (10 year life) Lead Acid (3-5 year life) Nickel Cadmium Plante Lead Acid Lead acid
Expected Life

14 Capital Cost
Maintenance
Resistance to damage & abuse
Through Life costs
BATTERY ROOM VENTILATION

Vented batteries, such as nickel cadmium, plante and flat plate lead
acid emit potentially explosive gases under charge conditions.
Therefore it is important when selecting rooms for emergency lighting
central battery systems with these types of battery, to calculate the
amount of ventilation required.
The required number of air changes per hour (A) is given by the
following formula:
A = 0.045 x N x I
V
Where:
N = Number of cells in the battery
V = Volume of room in cubic metres
I = Charge rate in Amperes
This formula will give the number of air changes per hour required
during boost charge conditions. On float charge (systems are on float
charge for most of their service life), the amount of gas emitted is
approximately 1.5% of that liberated whilst on boost charge and under
most circumstances this will be dissipated by natural ventilation, and
will not present a hazard. However, we recommend that the boost
charge condition is allowed for at the design stage to ensure the
appropriate decision on ventilation requirements is made.
Although Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries require little ventilation

under normal operating conditions, it is good practice to apply the
formula to calculate the number of air changes required to achieve
minimum risk under battery fault or failure conditions. Please refer to:
BS 6133:1995
SYSTEM DESIGN
SYSTEM SIZING
When sizing the system, it is important to allow for the full input Therefore, to establish the correct inverter module size, the power
requirement of the light fittings rather than the lamp wattages. factor correction (PFC) rating of the luminaires must be considered in
addition to lamp wattage and control gear losses. High frequency
AC/DC systems control gear circuits have excellent PFC ratings, usually of around 0.96
to 0.98. This compares with 0.85 to 0.9 for equivalent lamp magnetic
When using conversion modules fitted to conventional mains fittings, control gear circuits. Care should be taken when low wattage compact
the lamp will be illuminated directly from the mains ballast during fluorescent lamps are used, utilising high frequency gear or high PFC
normal mains healthy operation and via the inverter during emergency versions where possible. Low power factor versions can have PFC
conditions. When being driven from the battery unit via the conversion ratings of only 0.45 to 0.5, thereby greatly increasing the inverter rating
module, the emergency lamp will be illuminated at less than full output, required for the system. If utilising low voltage lighting powered via
and as a result, the fitting will consume a reduced input power. step-down transformers, it is essential to allow for the efficiency and
power factor of the step-down transformers.
AC/AC systems
When utilising a static inverter system, the fitting operates at full output Table (fig. 3) and graph (fig. 4) illustrate the relationship between
during both mains healthy and mains failure conditions. When sizing a wattage and VA rating for a typical system.
suitable static inverter to power a particular load, it is important to
consider the input VA and the input (not lamp) wattage of the For a detailed explanation of conversion operation, please refer to
emergency luminaires. The total VA requirement defines the inverter page 98.
module size, and the total input wattage defines the battery size.
For details of the power consumption of slave luminaires and
converted luminaires (when operating in the emergency mode via a 15
conversion module), please refer to page 19.
Fig. 3 Typical System. VA rating with and without power factor correction
Qty of Total VA Rating (Compact VA Rating (Compact

Luminaires Description Circuit Watts lamps without PFC) lamps with PFC)
25 1 x 58W T8 (wire wound ballasts) 1725 1925 1925

40 1 x 28W 2D (wire wound ballasts) 1360 2960 1560
15 1 x 16W 2D (wire wound ballasts) 315 690 375
15 1 x 13W TC-D (wire wound ballasts) 270 600 315
5 1 x 40W GLS incandescent 200 200 200
Inverter Rating = 3870 6375 4375
Note: Use of compact fluorescent luminaires with power factor correction (PFC) leads to a reduced inverter module size and therefore savings in space and capital costs
Fig. 4 Typical System. VA rating with and without power factor correction
8000
7000
6000
5000
Watts/VA
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
Total Circuit VA Rating VA Rating
Watts (with PFC) (without PFC)
SYSTEM DESIGN
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
Spare capacity Fire protection of cables
With any central battery system it is important to bear in mind that it is Cables should be routed through areas of low fire risk.
difficult to extend the system at a later date unless capacity has been The following cables and wiring systems should be used.
allowed for at the design stage. For this reason, we would strongly a) Cables with inherently high resistance to attack by fire
recommend that some spare capacity is included when selecting the i) Mineral-insulated copper-sheathed cable in accordance with
central battery system rating. Our technical department is available to BS 6207: Part 1
provide assistance. Contact the Central System team, ii) Cable in accordance with BS 6387. The cable should be at
Tel: 01302 303240 or E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com. least category B
b) Wiring systems requiring additional fire protection.

i) PVC-insulated cables in accordance with BS 6004 in rigid
conduits
ii) PVC-insulated cables in accordance with BS 6004 in steel
conduit
iii) PVC-insulated and sheathed steel wire armoured cable in
accordance with BS 6346 or BS 5467
Systems should be installed in accordance with IEE Regulations and

BS 5266. Additional fire protection may apply. For example, if cables
16 are buried in the structure of the building.
Internet City, Dubai, UAE

Central Battery System
SYSTEM DESIGN
Cable sizes Fig. 5

When selecting cable sizes, due regard should be paid to limitations Nominal Cross Maximum Current Volt per Drop
imposed by voltage drop and physical strength. Each conductor shall Sectional Area Rating per Metre
be of copper, having a nominal cross-sectional area of not less than
1mm2. BS 5266 states that the voltage drop in cables connecting a 1.0mm2 14 amps 42mV
central battery to a slave luminaire should not exceed 4% of the 1.5mm2 17 amps 28mV
system nominal voltage at maximum rated current.
2.5mm2 24 amps 17mV
Using copper conductors, volts drop can be calculated per pair of 4.0mm2 32 amps 11mV
conductors as shown in table fig. 5.
6.0mm2 41 amps 7.1mV
Total volts drop on a circuit can be calculated according to the formula:
10.0mm2 55 amps 4.2mV
VDT = I x VDM x D 16.0mm2 74 amps 2.7mV
Where:
VDT = volts drop total
I = maximum load current
VDM = volts drop per amp per metre (obtained from fig. 5)
D = cable run in metres The problems of volt drop can be overcome by:
• Using higher system voltages (= lower currents and therefore lower

volt drop) 17
• Using larger cables (= lower resistance and therefore lower volt
drop)
• Using multiple outgoing circuits (= less current per circuit and
therefore lower volt drop)
Example:
Fig. 6 & 7 show an example comparison for a central battery system
with a total connected load of 1500W and a 50m run of 16mm2 cable
supplying the luminaires.
This example shows that for this configuration, a 230V system would
be most suitable to meet the requirements of BS 5266.
The low current value combined with greater allowable volt drop would
enable much smaller cables to be used.
Fig. 6 Fig. 7
Comparison Data 24V 50V 110V 230V

70 Max. permissible
System System System System volt drop (V)
Max. permissible 60
0.96V 2.0V 4.4V 9.2V
Volt drop (BS 5266) Current for
Total current for total 1500W load (A)
62.5A 30A 13.6A 6.52A 50
connected load of 1500W
Volts/Amps
Actual volt drop for 16mm 2
cable with 50m length

8.43V 4.05V 1.84V 0.88V 40
30
The use of larger cables or multiple outgoing circuits may permit the
use of 24, 50 or 110V systems in the above example.
20
10
0
24V 50V 110V 230V
System System System System
SYSTEM PLANNING
Cooper Lighting and Safety manufactures a wide range of Central This can considerably reduce the overall installed cost of the system by
battery systems. Standard products include static inverter systems reducing the amount of distribution wiring. Distributed systems can also
with ratings from 500VA to 60KVA, CBU in 24V, 50V, 110V from increase system integrity by limiting the area affected by failure of an
100W - 10828W. individual unit.
Smaller systems are ideal for providing emergency lighting in small The compact 500VA static inverter system is ideal for use as part of a
localised areas, e.g. Atriums where traditional emergency lighting is not distributed system, having a small footprint and a lift off front cover,
appropriate, alternatively multiple small systems can be utilised, located ideal for use in areas where access space is limited.
at convenient points throughout the building.
18
Distributed systems can save on overall wiring

SIZING AC/DC UNITS
Use the following procedure to select a correctly sized AC/DC unit:
1) Make a list of all the luminaires to be connected to the static

inverter.
2) Note the quantity of fittings of each type.
3) Establish the electrical supply details for each luminaire type
(Amps).
4) Multiply each of these by the quantity of luminaires
5) Add together the total Circuit current in Amps requirement.
6) Add an allowance (recommend a minimum of 20%) for future
expansion.
Note
Ensure any fitting selected for use as an emergency fitting complies
with the product standard for emergency fittings (EN60598-2-22) note,
that to comply with this standard glow starters, or lamps with built in
starters must not be used, (use electronic starters instead).
Worked examples
Calculate the correct sized 110V AC/DC unit to support the following
load (using SMCB conversion kits):
55 x 58W battens
19
21 x Twin 58W Weatherproof fittings
20 x 8W Exit signs
Qty Type Amps (Ea) Amps (Tot)
55 1 x 58W Switch start batten using SMCB110 0.165 9.075

21 2 x 58W Switch start weatherproof using SMCB110 0.165 3.465
20 8W Exit sign (HF) 0.07 1.4
Total 13.94
Plus 20% spare 16.73
If requirement is for SLR batteries with 3 hour duration - maintained

From table on page 29 SLR/110/95/M3

LUMINAIRE TECHNICAL DATA
Slave luminaires for use with central emergency lighting systems must To be compatible with the power supply unit and to comply with the
be compatible with the central battery supply unit. luminaire product standard, whilst being installed to meet the
requirements of the BS 5266 Pt.1 code of practice, the luminaires
The most common types are: should meet the following requirements:
• Dedicated slave luminaires, with specially designed housings and • Voltage compatibility - the luminaire operating range must be within
circuits the central system output voltage range, minus an additional 4%
• Converted mains luminaires, which have been modified by the cable voltage drop
addition of an emergency circuit, normally to operate on 24, 50 or • Static inverter systems - luminaires must fully meet the
110V AC/DC supplies requirements of EN 60598-2-22, which ensures they are suitable
• Mains luminaires which are suitable to be powered by 230V AC for use as emergency luminaires
inverter systems
Cooper Lighting and Safety systems and slave luminaires meet these
requirements in full.
SYSTEM & LUMINAIRE TECHNICAL DATA
24V AC/DC 50V AC/DC 110V AC/DC 230V AC/AC

20
Central System Output
Maintained voltage output range including cable voltage drop 19.4 - 25.3V 40.5 - 53.0V 89.1 - 116.6V 194.4 - 254.4V
Initial emergency output voltage range including cable voltage drop 21.6 - 24.0V 45.0 - 50.0V 99.0 - 110.0V 200.0 - 223.0V
End of duration output voltage range including cable voltage drop 19.4 - 21.6V 41.4 - 45.0V 89.0 - 99.0V 200.0 - 223.0V
Compatible Dedicated 8W Luminaires

Minimum strike volts (0°C) 18.0V 37.5V 82.5V 198.0V
Minimum run volts (0°C) 18.0V 37.5V 82.5V 198.0V
Maximum run volts (0°C) 30.0V 62.5V 138.0V 264.0V
Converted or Dedicated Luminaire Fitted with SMCB Module

Minimum strike volts (0°C) 20.7V 40.3V 95.0V -
Minimum run volts (0°C) 18.0V 37.5V 82.5V -
Maximum run volts (0°C) 30.0V 62.5V 138.0V -
Note: SMCB units use changeover relays, so the maintained function should be provided by the normal mains control gear. However, the module will operate on either AC or DC
enabling it to operate with a maintained central system in the emergency conditions
POWER CONSUMPTION AND PERFORMANCE

Dedicated Slave Luminaires
AC/DC Systems AC/AC Systems
24V 50V 110V 230V High Frequency Ballast
Lamp watts & type Lumens Amps Lumens Amps Lumens Amps Lumens Watts VA
8W T5 275 0.34 275 0.18 275 0.07 272 8 9
11W TC-S - - - - - - 900 14 16
2x21W Tungsten - - - - 2x300 0.50 2x300 55 60
2x1W LED - - - - - - - 4 6
3W LED - - - - - - - 4 6
LUMINAIRE TECHNICAL DATA
Mains Luminaires Converted with an AC/DC SMCB Unit
AC/DC Systems
24 Volts 50 Volts 110 Volts
Lamp watts & type Lumens (BLF) Amps Lumens (BLF) Amps Lumens (BLF) Amps
18W T8 230 (0.31) 0.32 350 (0.44) 0.22 350 (0.44) 0.095
36W T8 400 (0.22) 0.48 650 (0.33) 0.33 650 (0.33) 0.14
58W T8 - - 740 (0.24) 0.38 740 (0.24) 0.165
70W T8 - - 700 (0.18) 0.40 700 (0.18) 0.17
16W 2D 260 (0.45) 0.42 400 (0.65) 0.29 400 (0.65) 0.11
28W 2D 315 (0.28) 0.52 500 (0.40) 0.33 500 (0.40) 0.145
38W 2D 360 (0.23) 0.53 560 (0.33) 0.34 560 (0.33) 0.15
9W TC-S 160 (0.50) 0.40 250 (0.71) 0.21 250 (0.71) 0.09
11W TC-S 240 (0.49) 0.45 375 (0.70) 0.23 375 (0.70) 0.10
13W TC-DE 210 (0.44) 0.45 330 (0.63) 0.23 330 (0.63) 0.10
18W TC-DE/TC-L 170 (0.25) 0.48 260 (0.37) 0.24 260 (0.37) 0.10 21
26W TC-DE 275 (0.28) 0.50 425 (0.40) 0.30 425 (0.40) 0.13
36W TC-L 390 (0.24) 0.60 600 (0.35) 0.41 600 (0.35) 0.15
Mains Luminaires Powered from a Central Inverter

230V AC/AC Systems
High Frequency Ballast Wire Wound
Ballast
Lamp watts & type Lumens Watts VA Watts VA
18W T8 1100 20.2 20.8 26 29.5
36W T8 2700 38 39.2 43 45.3
58W T8 4200 58.1 59.9 67 77
70W T8 5300 72.4 74.6 80 92
16W 2D 850 17 17.9 21 45.7

28W 2D 1655 31.2 32.5 34 37.4
38W 2D 2300 43.2 45 45 49.5
13W TC-DE 725 16.1 16.6 18 20.7

18W TC-DE/TC-L 970 20.6 21 24 26.4
26W TC-DE 1450 28.8 30 32 35.6
36W TC-L 2300 37.6 38.4 45 53
Notes:
1. VA ratings assume power factor capacitors are fitted
2. Watts and VA figures based on typical control gear data, for system design purposes
3. The above lumen data is based on output from triphosphor lamps. De-rate by 15% if halophosphate lamps are used
4. Lumen output figures include the effects of lamp and luminaire ageing, end of discharge voltage and cable volt drop
5. Data for 230V AC/AC SMCB unit available on application
SIZING STATIC INVERTERS
Use the following procedure to select a correctly sized static inverter: Notes
1) Make sure you use the circuit watts of the fitting not the lamp watts
1) Make a list of all the luminaires to be connected to the static (with a switch start fitting, there can be as much as 40% difference
inverter. between the lamp wattage and the actual circuit wattage of the
2) Note the quantity of fittings of each type. fitting)
3) Establish the electrical supply details for each luminaire type (the 2) The circuit wattage of a HF fitting will be normally be substantially
circuit watts and the circuit VA). lower than that of an equivalent switch start fitting. If HF fittings are
used instead of switch start fittings, the resulting inverter is likely to
4) Multiply each of these by the quantity of luminaires be significantly cheaper and smaller.
5) Add together the total Circuit wattage requirement and the total 3) Fittings with a low Power factor have a much higher circuit VA than
circuit VA requirement. fittings with a high power factor.
6) Add an allowance (recommend a minimum of 20%) for future Using low power factor fittings on a static inverter will increase the
expansion. size and cost of the static inverter unit.
7) Select an inverter unit from the list on page 40 which is capable of 4) Ensure any fitting selected for use as an emergency fitting
supplying both the required VA rating and the required wattage complies with the product standard for emergency fittings
rating. (EN60598-2-22) note, that to comply with this standard glow
starters, or lamps with built in starters must not be used, (use
electronic starters instead).
Worked examples
22 In the following examples the same fitting types have been used in both
cases, however in the first example, switch start gear has been used as
the basis for calculation, the second example, is based on HF gear.
These examples illustrate how the use of HF gear results in a smaller
and cheaper static inverter unit.
Calculate the correct sized static inverter to support the following load:
55 x 58W battens
21 x Twin 58W Weatherproof fittings
20 x 8W Exit signs
55 1 x 58W Switch start batten 79.3 4361.5 69 3795

21 2 x 58W Switch start weatherproof 158.6 3330.6 138 2898
20 8W Exit sign (HF) 11 220 9 180
Plus 20% spare 9494.52 8247.60
If requirement is for SLR batteries with 3 hour duration

From table on page 40 AC10kVA/8500/SLR3
Example 2 (HF gear)

55 58W High frequency batten 56.1 3085.5 55 3025

21 2 x 58W High frequency weatherproof 112.2 2356.2 110 2310
20 8W Exit sign (HF) 11 220 9 180
Plus 20% spare 6794.04 6618
If requirement is for SLR batteries with 3 hour duration

From table on page 40 AC8kVA/6800/SLR3
ELECTRICAL DATA
Typical Electrical Data - Fluorescent Circuits - High frequency control gear
Nominal Lamp Total Power Circuit Approx max qty. of

Lamp Watts Type Circuit Watts Factor VA fittings per type 3 MCB
Compact Fluorescent 10A MCB
16A MCB
1 x 13 TC-D 16.1 0.97 16.6 46 78
2 x 13 TC-D 30.6 0.96 31.9 32 52
1 x 16 2D 17 0.95 17.9 75 75
1 x 18 TC-D/L/T 20.6 0.98 21 48 80
2 x 18 TC-D/L/T 38.8 0.98 39.6 48 80
1 x 26 TC-D/T 28.8 0.96 30 34 74
2 x 26 TC-D/T 53.4 0.98 54.5 22 38
1 x 28 2D 31.2 0.96 32.5 32 66
1 x 32 TC-T 36.8 0.97 37.9 34 74
2 x 32 TC-T 70.5 0.98 71.9 22 38
23
1 x 36 TC-L 37.6 0.98 38.4 30 80
2 x 36 TC-L 77.1 0.97 79.5 20 40
1 x 38 2D 43.2 0.96 45 20 40
1 x 40 TC-L 49.8 0.97 51.4 30 80
2 x 40 TC-L 91.6 0.98 93.4 14 26
22 + 40 T5-FC 72.8 0.98 74.3 29 47
1 x 42 TC-T 48.2 0.98 49.1 34 74
2 x 42 TC-T 92.8 0.98 94.6 14 18
1 x 55 TC-L 65.9 0.96 68.7 20 40
2 x 55 TC-L 125.6 0.98 128.2 10 20
Linear Fluorescent
1 x 14 T5 (HE) 19.4 0.95 20.4 29 48
2 x 14 T5 (HE) 33.9 0.95 35.7 29 48
3 x14 T5 (HE) 48.2 0.98 49.1 33 53
4 x 14 T5 (HE) 64.6 0.98 65.9 25 40
1 x 18 T8 20.2 0.97 20.8 44 74
2 x 18 T8 39.2 0.97 40.4 36 60
3 x 18 T8 59.3 0.97 61.2 40 80
4 x 18 T8 78.3 0.97 80.7 30 52
1 x 21 T5 (HE) 26.7 0.95 28.1 29 48
2 x 21 T5 (HE) 48.5 0.95 51 29 48
1 x 24 T5 (HO) 29.1 0.95 30.6 29 48
2 x 24 T5 (HO) 53.3 0.95 56.1 15 25
1 x 28 T5 (HE) 36.4 0.95 38.3 29 48
2 x 28 T5 (HE) 65.4 0.95 68.9 29 48
1 x 35 T5 (HE) 43.6 0.95 45.9 29 48
2 x 35 T5 (HE) 79.9 0.95 84.1 29 48
1 x 36 T8 38 0.97 39.2 38 60
2 x 36 T8 77.1 0.97 79.5 24 38
3 x 36 T8 114.5 0.985 116.2 18 32
1 x 39 T5 (HO) 48.5 0.95 51 29 48
2 x 39 T5 (HO) 94.5 0.95 99.4 15 25
1 x 49 T5 (HO) 60.6 0.95 63.8 29 48
2 x 49 T5 (HO) 118.7 0.95 124.9 15 25
1 x 54 T5 (HO) 65.4 0.95 68.9 29 48
2 x 54 T5 (HO) 125.9 0.95 132.6 15 25
1 x 58 T8 58.1 0.97 59.9 36 60
2 x 58 T8 111.5 0.98 113.8 16 26 These tables are provided for general
guidance only. If specific advice is
1 x 70 T8 72.4 0.97 74.6 20 34
required, please contact Technical
2 x 70 T8 135 0.98 137.8 10 16 Support for ballast characteristics.
1 x 80 T5 (HO) 92 0.95 96.9 12 20 This information should then be relayed
to the MCB manufacturer for advice on
2 x 80 T5 (HO) 181.6 0.95 191.2 12 20 suitable breaker types.
34
Shangri La Hotel, Dubai

LOADSTAR AC/AC SYSTEMS
• Cost effective modular design The Loadstar range of AC/AC static inverter units offer
the opportunity to create a discreet emergency lighting

• Standard mains luminaires used for emergency
lighting system, utilising suitable standard mains luminaires without
modification. Small or decorative compact fluorescent

• Fully complies with BS EN50171:2001
luminaires can also be easily incorporated. Loadstar AC/AC
• Digital display to clearly indicate system status
systems offer many benefits, including higher light levels in
• EasiCheck compatible versions available
emergency mode, as all lamps in the luminaire are usually
energised by the emergency supply. Mains voltage and lower
currents enable cables of smaller cross sectional area to be
used than with low voltage AC/DC systems, without
unacceptable levels of voltage drop. The proven and reliable
modular design ensures a cost effective emergency lighting
solution. 35
WHERE TO USE LOADSTAR AC/AC SYSTEMS

• Hospitals • Shopping centres
• Airports • Offices
• Museums • Industrial facilities
• Theatres • Universities, schools and colleges
• Sports arenas • Nursing homes
SYSTEM OPERATION • Output voltage, from the system via the inverter, is 230V AC
• In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and nominal
stores power, ready for emergency operation • Standard mains luminaires require no modification to operate with
• In mains healthy condition, the power to luminaires designated for the static inverter (unless ACM1 change-over module is
emergency use is supplied from the normal mains, via a by-pass fitted integrally). All lamps in multi-lamp luminaires will be lit
contactor inside the cubicle. This may be switched, using a during mains failure, unless separate control gear is provided for
“maintained lights” switch (optional extra) or by use of a remote individual lamps
switch connected to terminals provided • Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the
• Local change-over switching can be achieved using an ACM1 system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a
module, controlling single or multiple luminaires (if fed from localised mains circuit failure, if the ACM1 module is not used
common switched mains supply - max load 750VA). • Full detail of modes of operation is shown on page 8
The system will then supply normal mains power or emergency • Full detail of ACM1 module is shown on page 96
power via the inverter, dependant on status of mains supply at the
static inverter
• In the event of a mains failure, the system provides emergency
power to dedicated mains slave or designated standard mains
luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration
of the system in the event of extended mains failure)
36
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONS

• Cubicles
D W Cubicle Ref H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
- 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032
931 1200 715 755
Light German Grey finish
932 1800 715 755
- Plinth base feature to prevent build up of moisture/corrosive 934 1800 1015 755
materials and aid mechanical handling by fork or pallet truck Depth of 931/2/4 includes a 75mm spacer fitted to
- 3 standard size cubicles, for combined back, to ensure ventilation grilles are not obstructed
Dimensions are for guidance only and may be subject
charger/inverter/battery, charger/inverter only or battery only to change
- Small systems require only one cubicle. Larger systems housed in
multiple sets (see selection tables)
- Electrical control gear and battery compartments are H
segregated, with lockable access door(s)

- Battery compartments supplied, where appropriate with
separate tiered sections, to enable ease of electrolyte level
inspection
- Separate fixed facia panel for mounting control/display panel
- Option of open battery racks on larger systems
• Battery Charger
- Solid state, constant voltage charge control module
- Fully automatic
- Full recharge within 24 hours of a rated discharge • Monitoring Circuits
- Recharge to 80% capacity within 12 hours, complying with
- Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and
BS EN 50171:2001
controls
- Manual boost switch on systems with vented battery cells
- Current limit facility, preventing overcharging or damage to the • Cables
system in the event of battery failure or fault - Compliant with BS 6231
- Outputs have low AC ripple currents for maximum battery life
and in compliance with BS EN 50171:2001 • Transformer
- Input protection by mcb to BS 3871 Part 1 or BS 4752 Part 1 - Double wound with earth screen to BS 171
• Battery • Rectifier
- Systems can be specified with: - Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
• Valve regulated lead acid

• Vented nickel cadmium
• High performance plante
- See selection tables/guides for battery characteristics
• Fusegear
- Removable industrial HRC fuses, complying with BS 88
• Input Circuits
- Cable entry via removable gland plate on top of cubicle
- Single phase 230V ± 10% AC 50Hz supply. Other input
voltages on request
- Input terminals and mcb’s DIN rail mounted and easily
accessible
• Load Circuits
- Substantial DIN rail mounted output terminals
- Option of integral distribution board (MCB or HRC fuses)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION (cont’d) • Inverter
• Contactor - Extensively proven and reliable modular design
- Systems with ratings up to 4 kVA incorporate a single module
- Mains failure contactor to BS5424 Part 1
rated at 1.25 kVA, 2.5 kVA or 4 kVA
• Temperature Compensation - Larger systems utilise multiple modules in parallel to provide a
single common output, equal to sum of individual ratings
- All lead acid cell systems supplied with transducer to monitor
- Complies fully with BS EN50171:2001
battery compartment temperature
- Modules can be quickly and easily removed/replaced, aiding
- Chargers pre-set for optimum performance in 20°C ambient
installation and maintenance
- Charging voltage automatically adjusted to optimise battery life
- See table for detailed technical specification
• Low Battery Voltage Disconnect Circuit • Test Push Button
- Automatically shuts down the inverter when battery voltage falls
- Simulates a mains failure
below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains supply failure
- Helps prevent potential damage from deep discharge
- Indicator remains lit until mains power restored and reset
pressed
37
• Metering and Display Panel

- Simple and easy to read status display - Alarm indication LED’s
- LCD meter indicating battery voltage, battery current or battery • Mains Fail
compartment temperature. Voltage is default, others displayed • Charge Fail
using push buttons. Display mode indicated by LED: • Battery High Volts
• Volts • Battery Low Volts
• Amps • DC Earth Fault
• Temperature - lead acid batteries only • Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated)
- Charger indication LED’s - Inverter indication LED’s
• Power On • Inverter Running

• Maintained Lights (maintained systems only) • Inverter Overload (optional alarm package)
• Float Mode • Inverter High Volts (optional alarm package)
• Current Limit • Inverter Low Volts (optional alarm package)
• Full Charge - Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display plus
• Boost mode (vented battery systems only) common volt free contacts for remote signalling of a fault
condition and terminals for optional remote alarm unit

INVERTER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Output voltage Pre-settable in the range 220-240V AC. Default setting is 230V AC.
Voltage tolerance is 2% on loads of 0-100% of system rating
Frequency 50 or 60Hz. ±0.01%. Standard setting 50Hz. Waveform: Sinusoidal
Voltage regulation Static 2%, dynamic 6%
Isolation 2kv rms between input and output terminals
Total harmonic distortion Less than 3% into a linear load
Power factor Will supply loads in the 0.3 lag - 0.3 lead range
Overload 200% for 10 seconds, 125% for 20 minutes without reduction in
output voltage
Start-up time Standard 30mS soft start
Noise level Less than 55dBA at 1 metre
Efficiency 85 - 89%
Protection DC input and AC output mcb’s
Pre-charge protection fuse
Low voltage shut down Inverter module(s) automatically shut down when battery discharges to a
pre-set level. Re-set is following a combination of the restoration of the
mains supply and an increase in battery voltage above the disconnect
threshold level
38 Residual current drain when the disconnect circuit has operated is less
than 1mA per module
Inhibit An inhibit switch to control the inverter is fitted on a user control pcb in the
cubicle
Technology Pulse width modulation with high frequency switching
INSTALLATION NOTES SYSTEM DESIGN

• Note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in To ensure a suitably rated system is selected, list the luminaires to be
fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting. used, with their characteristics, to determine the wattage and VA
• A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is power rating of the required inverter
supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work • Where possible, utilise luminaires with high frequency control
efficiently and safely gear, compact fluorescent luminaires with high power factor
• Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a correction, or dedicated Menvier or JSB 230V AC mains slave
safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when luminaires, to minimise the required VA rating of the inverter
choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large • Using uncorrected compact fluorescent luminaires with poor
batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of power factor, will increase the size of inverter module required,
potentially explosive gases is avoided leading to increased capital cost and space requirements
• Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation • See page 15 for an example of determining the required
calculations inverter rating
• Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery • For details of static inverter systems with ratings above those
rooms: listed, please contact our central systems technical sales
BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE department
ENTERING. NO SMOKING • It should be noted that multiple smaller units can often be more
cost effective than a single large system. Distribution costs can
be substantially reduced by locating units throughout a large
building
• BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in
fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting
• Note - systems specified for emergency lighting use should not
have other services connected to them
FACTORY FITTED OPTIONS REMOTE MOUNTED OPTIONS
• 3 Phase Failure Monitor • Remote Alarm Unit
- Detects phase failure and energises the inverter from the battery - Visual and Audible indication of system fault
supply - Sounder mute facility
- Suffix - P - Surface mounting dimensions: H114 x L114 x D25mm
- Suffix - RAU
• Multi-way Sub Circuit Monitor
- Detects mains lighting circuit failure and energises the inverter • Sub Circuit Monitor
from the battery supply - Non load switching
- Monitoring relays fitted inside cubicle and require supply from - Monitors mains lighting circuits. Provides signal to central battery
each mains lighting circuit unit in the event of a sub circuit failure
- Suffix - xMPF (x = number of circuits) - Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits
- Multiple units can be used if more than 12 circuits require
monitoring
- A keyswitch can be fitted if required to enable simple testing by
authorised user
- Unit dimensions: H250 x L265 x D130mm
• Hold Off Relay Monitors

- Load switching
- Used to hold off maintained output from static inverter unit,
-
providing non-maintained luminaire operation
Monitors mains lighting circuits. In the event of a sub circuit
39
failure, contactor drops out, allowing the maintained supply to
energise the emergency luminaires
- Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits
authorised user
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Number of Cat. No. of Cat. No. of

ways monitored Sub Circuit Monitor Hold Off Relay Monitor
4 1SCM4 1HOR4
8 1SCM8 1HOR/8
12 1SCM12 1HOR12
Use suffix /TS for addition of a test keyswitch

SCM and HOR units are designed to accept a single common neutral per enclosure,
all monitored circuits connected to an individual unit must share a common neutral.
Remote Alarm Unit
Typical sub-circuit monitor arrangement Typical hold off relay arrangement

L1
L2
L3
L4
N
L1
L2
L3
L4
N
230V 50Hz
MONITORED
SUPPLY
UNUSED INPUTS N
MUST HAVE A LIVE 230V 50Hz L4
CONNECTION MONITORED L3
SUPPLY
L2
L1
UNUSED INPUTS TEST KEY
MUST HAVE A LIVE SWITCH
CONNECTION C1
S1019
S1019
N
N
L
C1-1
N/0
N/0
COM
COM
+/L +/L
FROM CENTRAL
BATTERY SYSTEM TO LUMINAIRES
C1-2
OR STATIC INVERTER -/N -/N
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
TO NEXT MONITOR
OR CENTRAL BATTERY
SYSTEM

SYSTEMS WITH VALVE REGULATED LEAD ACID BATTERIES
• Compact • Maintenance free, 10 year design life batteries
• Reliable • Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard
• Cost effective • Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
SELECTION TABLE : AC/SLR range

System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts Control Cubicle Battery Cubicle
1 hour standby time systems
AC1KVA/850/SLR1 1.0 850 931 -
AC2KVA/1700/SLR1 2.0 1700 931 -
AC2.5KVA/2125/SLR1 2.5 2125 932 -
AC3KVA/2550/SLR1 3.0 2550 932 -
AC4KVA/3400/SLR1 4.0 3400 932 -
AC5KVA/4250/SLR1 5.0 4250 934 -
AC6KVA/5100/SLR1 6.0 5100 934 -
40 AC7.5KVA/6375/SLR1 7.5 6375 934 -
AC8KVA/6800/SLR1 8.0 6800 934 -
AC10KVA/8500/SLR1 10.0 8500 932 932
AC12KVA/10200/SLR1 12.0 10200 932 934
AC12.5KVA/10625/SLR1 12.5 10625 932 934
AC13KVA/11050/SLR1 13.0 11050 932 934
AC15KVA/12750/SLR1 15.0 12750 932 934
AC16KVA/13600/SLR1 16.0 13600 932 934
AC17.5KVA/14875/SLR1 17.5 14875 934 934
AC20KVA/17000/SLR1 20.0 17000 934 2 x 934
AC22KVA/18700/SLR1 22.0 18700 934 2 x 934
AC23KVA/19550/SLR1 23.0 19550 934 2 x 934
AC24KVA/20400/SLR1 24.0 20400 934 2 x 934
AC25KVA/21250/SLR1 25.0 21250 932 + 934 2 x 934
AC1KVA/850/SLR3 1.0 850 931 -
AC2KVA/1700/SLR3 2.0 1700 932 -
AC2.5KVA/2125/SLR3 2.5 2125 934 -
AC3KVA/2550/SLR3 3.0 2550 934 -
AC4KVA/3400/SLR3 4.0 3400 932 932
AC5KVA/4250/SLR3 5.0 4250 932 934
AC6KVA/5100/SLR3 6.0 5100 932 934
AC7.5KVA/6375/SLR3 7.5 6375 932 934
AC8KVA/6800/SLR3 8.0 6800 932 2 x 932
AC9KVA/7650/SLR3 9.0 7650 932 2 x 934
AC10KVA/8500/SLR3 10.0 8500 932 2 x 934
AC12KVA/10200/SLR3 12.0 10200 932 2 x 934
AC12.5KVA/10625/SLR3 12.5 10625 932 2 x 934

AC13KVA/11050/SLR3 13.0 11050 934 2 x 934
AC14KVA/11900/SLR3 14.0 11900 934 2 x 934
AC15KVA/12750/SLR3 15.0 12750 934 2 x 934
AC16KVA/13600/SLR3 16.0 13600 934 2 x 934 + 932
AC17.5KVA/14875/SLR3 17.5 14875 934 3 x 934
AC18KVA/15300/SLR3 18.0 15300 934 3 x 934
AC19KVA/16150/SLR3 19.0 16150 934 5 x 932
AC20KVA/17000/SLR3 20.0 17000 934 5 x 932
AC21KVA/17850/SLR3 21.0 17850 934 3 x 934
AC22KVA/18700/SLR3 22.0 18700 934 3 x 934
AC23KVA/19550/SLR3 23.0 19550 932 + 934 4 x 934
AC24KVA/20400/SLR3 24.0 20400 932 + 934 4 x 934
AC25KVA/21250/SLR3 25.0 21250 932 + 934 4 x 934
Inverter systems listed have been matched with batteries to provide an output which assumes a load power factor of no better than 0.85 lagging. 2 hour standby systems available
* Cubicles configuration is on given as an indication. Please check prior to ordering.
SYSTEMS WITH VENTED NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERIES SYSTEMS WTH HIGH PERFORMANCE PLANTE BATTERIES
• Extremely robust over a wide temperature range • 25 year service life
• Reliable, with a 25 year service life • Reliable
• Good “through life” costs • Retains virtually full capacity throughout design life
• Resistant to electrical and mechanical abuse • Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard
• Can be stored in any state of discharge without damage • Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
• Automatic and manual boost circuits fitted as standard
SELECTION GUIDE: AC/NC range SELECTION GUIDE: AC/HP range

System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts
AC/NC series 1.0 - 25.0 500 - 21250 AC/HP series 1.0 - 25.0 500 - 21250
This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations. This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations.
Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including
cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available
41

34
Shangri La Hotel, Dubai

• Cost effective modular design The Loadstar range of AC/AC static inverter units offer
the opportunity to create a discreet emergency lighting

• Standard mains luminaires used for emergency
lighting system, utilising suitable standard mains luminaires without
modification. Small or decorative compact fluorescent

• Fully complies with BS EN50171:2001
luminaires can also be easily incorporated. Loadstar AC/AC
systems offer many benefits, including higher light levels in
• EasiCheck compatible versions available
emergency mode, as all lamps in the luminaire are usually
energised by the emergency supply. Mains voltage and lower
currents enable cables of smaller cross sectional area to be
used than with low voltage AC/DC systems, without
unacceptable levels of voltage drop. The proven and reliable
modular design ensures a cost effective emergency lighting
solution. 35
WHERE TO USE LOADSTAR AC/AC SYSTEMS

• Hospitals • Shopping centres
• Airports • Offices
• Theatres • Universities, schools and colleges
• Sports arenas • Nursing homes
SYSTEM OPERATION • Output voltage, from the system via the inverter, is 230V AC
• In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and nominal
stores power, ready for emergency operation • Standard mains luminaires require no modification to operate with
• In mains healthy condition, the power to luminaires designated for the static inverter (unless ACM1 change-over module is
emergency use is supplied from the normal mains, via a by-pass fitted integrally). All lamps in multi-lamp luminaires will be lit
contactor inside the cubicle. This may be switched, using a during mains failure, unless separate control gear is provided for
“maintained lights” switch (optional extra) or by use of a remote individual lamps
switch connected to terminals provided • Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the
• Local change-over switching can be achieved using an ACM1 system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a
module, controlling single or multiple luminaires (if fed from localised mains circuit failure, if the ACM1 module is not used
common switched mains supply - max load 750VA). • Full detail of modes of operation is shown on page 8
The system will then supply normal mains power or emergency • Full detail of ACM1 module is shown on page 96
power via the inverter, dependant on status of mains supply at the
static inverter
luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration
of the system in the event of extended mains failure)
36
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS DIMENSIONS

• Cubicles
D W Cubicle Ref H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
- 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032
931 1200 715 755
Light German Grey finish
932 1800 715 755
- Plinth base feature to prevent build up of moisture/corrosive 934 1800 1015 755
materials and aid mechanical handling by fork or pallet truck Depth of 931/2/4 includes a 75mm spacer fitted to
- 3 standard size cubicles, for combined back, to ensure ventilation grilles are not obstructed
charger/inverter/battery, charger/inverter only or battery only to change
- Small systems require only one cubicle. Larger systems housed in
multiple sets (see selection tables)
- Electrical control gear and battery compartments are H
segregated, with lockable access door(s)

- Battery compartments supplied, where appropriate with
separate tiered sections, to enable ease of electrolyte level
inspection
- Separate fixed facia panel for mounting control/display panel
- Option of open battery racks on larger systems
• Battery Charger
- Solid state, constant voltage charge control module
- Fully automatic
- Full recharge within 24 hours of a rated discharge • Monitoring Circuits
- Recharge to 80% capacity within 12 hours, complying with
- Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and
BS EN 50171:2001
controls
- Manual boost switch on systems with vented battery cells
- Current limit facility, preventing overcharging or damage to the • Cables
system in the event of battery failure or fault - Compliant with BS 6231
- Outputs have low AC ripple currents for maximum battery life
and in compliance with BS EN 50171:2001 • Transformer
- Input protection by mcb to BS 3871 Part 1 or BS 4752 Part 1 - Double wound with earth screen to BS 171
• Battery • Rectifier
- Systems can be specified with: - Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
• Valve regulated lead acid

• Vented nickel cadmium
• High performance plante
- See selection tables/guides for battery characteristics
• Fusegear
- Removable industrial HRC fuses, complying with BS 88
• Input Circuits
- Cable entry via removable gland plate on top of cubicle
- Single phase 230V ± 10% AC 50Hz supply. Other input
voltages on request
- Input terminals and mcb’s DIN rail mounted and easily
accessible
• Load Circuits
- Substantial DIN rail mounted output terminals
- Option of integral distribution board (MCB or HRC fuses)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION (cont’d) • Inverter
• Contactor - Extensively proven and reliable modular design
- Systems with ratings up to 4 kVA incorporate a single module
- Mains failure contactor to BS5424 Part 1
rated at 1.25 kVA, 2.5 kVA or 4 kVA
• Temperature Compensation - Larger systems utilise multiple modules in parallel to provide a
single common output, equal to sum of individual ratings
- All lead acid cell systems supplied with transducer to monitor
- Complies fully with BS EN50171:2001
battery compartment temperature
- Modules can be quickly and easily removed/replaced, aiding
- Chargers pre-set for optimum performance in 20°C ambient
installation and maintenance
- Charging voltage automatically adjusted to optimise battery life
- See table for detailed technical specification
• Low Battery Voltage Disconnect Circuit • Test Push Button
- Automatically shuts down the inverter when battery voltage falls
- Simulates a mains failure
below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains supply failure
- Helps prevent potential damage from deep discharge
- Indicator remains lit until mains power restored and reset
pressed
37
• Metering and Display Panel

- Simple and easy to read status display - Alarm indication LED’s
- LCD meter indicating battery voltage, battery current or battery • Mains Fail
compartment temperature. Voltage is default, others displayed • Charge Fail
using push buttons. Display mode indicated by LED: • Battery High Volts
• Volts • Battery Low Volts
• Amps • DC Earth Fault
• Temperature - lead acid batteries only • Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated)
- Charger indication LED’s - Inverter indication LED’s
• Power On • Inverter Running

• Maintained Lights (maintained systems only) • Inverter Overload (optional alarm package)
• Float Mode • Inverter High Volts (optional alarm package)
• Current Limit • Inverter Low Volts (optional alarm package)
• Full Charge - Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display plus
• Boost mode (vented battery systems only) common volt free contacts for remote signalling of a fault
condition and terminals for optional remote alarm unit

INVERTER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Frequency 50 or 60Hz. ±0.01%. Standard setting 50Hz. Waveform: Sinusoidal
Total harmonic distortion Less than 3% into a linear load
output voltage
Start-up time Standard 30mS soft start
Noise level Less than 55dBA at 1 metre
Efficiency 85 - 89%
Protection DC input and AC output mcb’s
Low voltage shut down Inverter module(s) automatically shut down when battery discharges to a
pre-set level. Re-set is following a combination of the restoration of the
mains supply and an increase in battery voltage above the disconnect
threshold level
38 Residual current drain when the disconnect circuit has operated is less
than 1mA per module
Inhibit An inhibit switch to control the inverter is fitted on a user control pcb in the
cubicle
INSTALLATION NOTES SYSTEM DESIGN

• Note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in To ensure a suitably rated system is selected, list the luminaires to be
fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting. used, with their characteristics, to determine the wattage and VA
• A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is power rating of the required inverter
supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work • Where possible, utilise luminaires with high frequency control
efficiently and safely gear, compact fluorescent luminaires with high power factor
• Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a correction, or dedicated Menvier or JSB 230V AC mains slave
safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when luminaires, to minimise the required VA rating of the inverter
choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large • Using uncorrected compact fluorescent luminaires with poor
batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of power factor, will increase the size of inverter module required,
potentially explosive gases is avoided leading to increased capital cost and space requirements
• Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation • See page 15 for an example of determining the required
calculations inverter rating
• Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery • For details of static inverter systems with ratings above those
rooms: listed, please contact our central systems technical sales
BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE department
ENTERING. NO SMOKING • It should be noted that multiple smaller units can often be more
cost effective than a single large system. Distribution costs can
be substantially reduced by locating units throughout a large
building
• BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in
fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting
• Note - systems specified for emergency lighting use should not
have other services connected to them
FACTORY FITTED OPTIONS REMOTE MOUNTED OPTIONS
• 3 Phase Failure Monitor • Remote Alarm Unit
- Detects phase failure and energises the inverter from the battery - Visual and Audible indication of system fault
supply - Sounder mute facility
- Suffix - P - Surface mounting dimensions: H114 x L114 x D25mm
- Suffix - RAU
• Multi-way Sub Circuit Monitor
- Detects mains lighting circuit failure and energises the inverter • Sub Circuit Monitor
from the battery supply - Non load switching
- Monitoring relays fitted inside cubicle and require supply from - Monitors mains lighting circuits. Provides signal to central battery
each mains lighting circuit unit in the event of a sub circuit failure
- Suffix - xMPF (x = number of circuits) - Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits
- Multiple units can be used if more than 12 circuits require
monitoring
authorised user
• Hold Off Relay Monitors

- Load switching
- Used to hold off maintained output from static inverter unit,
-
providing non-maintained luminaire operation
Monitors mains lighting circuits. In the event of a sub circuit
39
failure, contactor drops out, allowing the maintained supply to
energise the emergency luminaires
- Standard units available to monitor 4, 8 or 12 sub circuits
authorised user
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Number of Cat. No. of Cat. No. of

ways monitored Sub Circuit Monitor Hold Off Relay Monitor
4 1SCM4 1HOR4
8 1SCM8 1HOR/8
12 1SCM12 1HOR12
Use suffix /TS for addition of a test keyswitch

SCM and HOR units are designed to accept a single common neutral per enclosure,
all monitored circuits connected to an individual unit must share a common neutral.
Remote Alarm Unit
Typical sub-circuit monitor arrangement Typical hold off relay arrangement

L1
L2
L3
L4
N
L1
L2
L3
L4
N
230V 50Hz
MONITORED
SUPPLY
UNUSED INPUTS N
MUST HAVE A LIVE 230V 50Hz L4
CONNECTION MONITORED L3
SUPPLY
L2
L1
UNUSED INPUTS TEST KEY
MUST HAVE A LIVE SWITCH
CONNECTION C1
S1019
S1019
N
N
L
C1-1
N/0
N/0
COM
COM
+/L +/L
FROM CENTRAL
BATTERY SYSTEM TO LUMINAIRES
C1-2
OR STATIC INVERTER -/N -/N
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
LOOP OUT
LOOP IN
TO NEXT MONITOR
OR CENTRAL BATTERY
SYSTEM

SYSTEMS WITH VALVE REGULATED LEAD ACID BATTERIES
• Compact • Maintenance free, 10 year design life batteries
• Reliable • Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard
• Cost effective • Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
SELECTION TABLE : AC/SLR range

System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts Control Cubicle Battery Cubicle
AC1KVA/850/SLR1 1.0 850 931 -
AC2KVA/1700/SLR1 2.0 1700 931 -
AC2.5KVA/2125/SLR1 2.5 2125 932 -
AC3KVA/2550/SLR1 3.0 2550 932 -
AC4KVA/3400/SLR1 4.0 3400 932 -
AC5KVA/4250/SLR1 5.0 4250 934 -
AC6KVA/5100/SLR1 6.0 5100 934 -
40 AC7.5KVA/6375/SLR1 7.5 6375 934 -
AC8KVA/6800/SLR1 8.0 6800 934 -
AC10KVA/8500/SLR1 10.0 8500 932 932
AC12KVA/10200/SLR1 12.0 10200 932 934
AC12.5KVA/10625/SLR1 12.5 10625 932 934
AC13KVA/11050/SLR1 13.0 11050 932 934
AC15KVA/12750/SLR1 15.0 12750 932 934
AC16KVA/13600/SLR1 16.0 13600 932 934
AC17.5KVA/14875/SLR1 17.5 14875 934 934
AC20KVA/17000/SLR1 20.0 17000 934 2 x 934
AC22KVA/18700/SLR1 22.0 18700 934 2 x 934
AC23KVA/19550/SLR1 23.0 19550 934 2 x 934
AC24KVA/20400/SLR1 24.0 20400 934 2 x 934
AC25KVA/21250/SLR1 25.0 21250 932 + 934 2 x 934
AC1KVA/850/SLR3 1.0 850 931 -
AC2KVA/1700/SLR3 2.0 1700 932 -
AC2.5KVA/2125/SLR3 2.5 2125 934 -
AC3KVA/2550/SLR3 3.0 2550 934 -
AC4KVA/3400/SLR3 4.0 3400 932 932
AC5KVA/4250/SLR3 5.0 4250 932 934
AC6KVA/5100/SLR3 6.0 5100 932 934
AC7.5KVA/6375/SLR3 7.5 6375 932 934
AC8KVA/6800/SLR3 8.0 6800 932 2 x 932
AC9KVA/7650/SLR3 9.0 7650 932 2 x 934
AC10KVA/8500/SLR3 10.0 8500 932 2 x 934
AC12KVA/10200/SLR3 12.0 10200 932 2 x 934
AC12.5KVA/10625/SLR3 12.5 10625 932 2 x 934

AC13KVA/11050/SLR3 13.0 11050 934 2 x 934
AC14KVA/11900/SLR3 14.0 11900 934 2 x 934
AC15KVA/12750/SLR3 15.0 12750 934 2 x 934
AC16KVA/13600/SLR3 16.0 13600 934 2 x 934 + 932
AC17.5KVA/14875/SLR3 17.5 14875 934 3 x 934
AC18KVA/15300/SLR3 18.0 15300 934 3 x 934
AC19KVA/16150/SLR3 19.0 16150 934 5 x 932
AC20KVA/17000/SLR3 20.0 17000 934 5 x 932
AC21KVA/17850/SLR3 21.0 17850 934 3 x 934
AC22KVA/18700/SLR3 22.0 18700 934 3 x 934
AC23KVA/19550/SLR3 23.0 19550 932 + 934 4 x 934
AC24KVA/20400/SLR3 24.0 20400 932 + 934 4 x 934
AC25KVA/21250/SLR3 25.0 21250 932 + 934 4 x 934
Inverter systems listed have been matched with batteries to provide an output which assumes a load power factor of no better than 0.85 lagging. 2 hour standby systems available
* Cubicles configuration is on given as an indication. Please check prior to ordering.
SYSTEMS WITH VENTED NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERIES SYSTEMS WTH HIGH PERFORMANCE PLANTE BATTERIES
• Extremely robust over a wide temperature range • 25 year service life
• Reliable, with a 25 year service life • Reliable
• Good “through life” costs • Retains virtually full capacity throughout design life
• Resistant to electrical and mechanical abuse • Low battery voltage disconnect circuit fitted as standard
• Can be stored in any state of discharge without damage • Charger temperature compensation fitted as standard
• Automatic and manual boost circuits fitted as standard
SELECTION GUIDE: AC/NC range SELECTION GUIDE: AC/HP range

System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts System Reference Inverter Power Rating (kVA) Output Watts
AC/NC series 1.0 - 25.0 500 - 21250 AC/HP series 1.0 - 25.0 500 - 21250
This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations. This guide provides only an overview of possible system configurations.
Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including Contact our Central Systems Technical Sales department for full details, including
cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available cubicle arrangement. 1, 2 or 3 hour autonomy systems available
41

COMPACT AC/AC SYSTEM
• Competitive 500VA static inverter system Many features normally only associated with larger units are
included in the standard specification of the Menvier Compact

• Compact - ideal for smaller installations
AC/AC static inverter system. The inverter has a rated output
• Fully complies with BS EN 50171:2001
of 500VA/400W and benefits from 4 independently fused
• Four separately fused outputs
outputs, battery deep discharge protection, automatic
• Digital display to clearly indicate system status temperature compensation and a clear, informative system
• EasiCheck compatible version available status display panel. The unit also fully complies with the
latest BS EN 50171:2001 standard. An output voltage of 230V
AC permits any suitable, unmodified mains luminaires to be
operated at full output in emergency mode.
42
WHERE TO USE COMPACT AC/AC SYSTEM

• Schools and colleges • Nursing homes
• Offices • Community centres
• Public houses • Medical centres
• Restaurants • Industrial units
• Student accommodation blocks
SYSTEM OPERATION SPECIFICATION
• In mains healthy condition, the system charges the batteries and
General
stores power, ready for emergency operation
Cubicle 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light
• In mains healthy condition, the power to luminaires designated for German Grey finish. Removable cover retained by screws. Cable
emergency use is supplied from the normal mains via a by-pass entries via removable top gland plate
contactor inside the cubicle Batteries Valve regulated lead acid, 10 year design life
Charger and controls
Mains supply 230V ± 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz
luminaires, until mains power is restored (or for the rated duration Input control MCB to BS3871 Pt 1, or BS4752 Pt 1
of the system in the event of extended mains failure) Fusegear HRC type to BS88
• Output voltage, from the system via the inverter, is 230V AC Terminals DIN rail mounted near to cable entry
nominal Transformer Double wound with earth screen to BS171
• Local change-over switching can be effected using an ACM1 Rectifier Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
Contactor Standard contactors comply with requirements of BS5424
module, controlling single or multiple luminaires (if fed from
Charger Constant voltage, current limited type with electronic solid state
common switched mains supply) controller. Voltage controlled to within 2% of setting at up to 10%
• Suitable standard mains luminaires require no modification to mains supply variations. Full recharge within 24 hours.
operate with the static inverter (unless ACM1 change-over module 80% capacity within 12 hours. Current limit facility
is integral). All lamps in multi-lamp luminaires will be lit during Deep discharge protection Fitted as standard. Automatic shut down of inverter when battery
mains failure, unless separate control gear is provided for individual voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of mains
supply failure
lamps
Cables Compliant with BS6231
• Sub-circuit monitoring and hold off relays can be added to the
system to energise the emergency luminaires in the event of a
Load circuits
Monitoring circuits
4 independent fused output circuits.
Terminals provided for connection of remote monitors and controls 43
localised mains circuit failure, if the ACM1 modules is not used Temperature compensation Fitted as standard. Charger voltage is automatically adjusted with
• Full details of modes of operation is shown on page 8-11 reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery
• Full details of ACM1 module is shown on page 98 life. Pre-set for optimum performance at 20°C
Test push button Simulates mains failure
Display panel Composite facia with LCD display and LED indicators
Alarm warning Audible alarm fitted internally plus common volt free contacts for
remote signalling of a fault condition and terminals for remote alarm
unit option
Inverter
Frequency 50Hz. ±0.1%. Waveform: Sinusoidal
Total harmonic distortion Typically 3% or better. Max. 10%
DIMENSIONS
D W H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) output voltage
970 530 400 Start-up time Standard 300mS. Soft start
Noise level Effectively silent on both charge and discharge
Efficiency 83% nominal. Typically 82-85%
Protection DC input protection. AC output fuses
Low voltage shut down Inverter module automatically shuts down when battery discharges to
H a pre-set level. Re-set is automatic following the restoration of the
mains supply
Inhibit An inhibit switch to control the inverter is fitted on the main pcb in the
cubicle

• METERING AND DISPLAY PANEL REMOTE MOUNTED OPTIONS
- Simple and easy to read status display • Remote Alarm Unit
- LCD meter indicating battery voltage or current Reading mode
• Sub Circuit Monitor
indicated by LED:
• Hold Off Relay Monitor
• Volts
• Amps • ACMI’s
- Indication LED’s
• Power On Full details of these options can be found on page 28
• Charge Fail
• Battery High/Low Volts
• Deep Discharge Protection (protection circuit has operated)
• Inverter Running CATALOGUE NUMBER - Compact Static Inverter
System Inverter Output Output Standby Weight

Reference Rating (VA) Watts Time (kg)
AC500VA/M3 500 400 3 hours 135.0
44
DESIGN & INSTALLATION NOTES

• To ensure the system is suitably rated, list the luminaires to be • Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow
used, with their characteristics, to ensure the wattage and VA a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that
power rating of the inverter is not exceeded when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with
• Using fluorescent luminaires with poor power factor will increase large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of
the VA load potentially explosive gases is avoided
• Note - BS EN 60598-2-22 prohibits the use of glow starters in • Please refer to the System Design section for details of
fluorescent luminaires used for emergency lighting. ventilation calculations
• A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is • Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery
supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the rooms:
work efficiently and safely BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE
ENTERING. NO SMOKING
Compact AC/AC System
45
SWITCH TRIPPING UNITS
• Proven and reliable units Cooper Lighting and Safety battery chargers for switchgear
tripping and closing have been developed from the

experience gained from many years of designing and
• Comprehensive alarm and indication package
manufacturing sophisticated battery charging and control
• Choice of vented nickel cadmium or valve
equipment. Designed to provide a continuous DC supply for
regulated lead acid batteries
operating switchgear and protection equipment, these latest
• Systems available to meet exact project
units are supplied with a comprehensive alarm, metering and
requirements
indication package as standard. The informative and clear
display panel is fixed to the fascia of both wall and floor
standing units, with a remote alarm unit as an option.
Extremely reliable and easy to install, these units provide a
competitively priced solution.

46
DIMENSIONS SPECIFICATION
D W Cubicle Ref H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) General

Wall (S type) 450 745 270 Cubicle (30V systems) Wall mounted 1.2mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032
931 1200 715 680 Light German Grey finish. Removable cover retained by screws. Steel
932 1800 715 680 divider separates control gear and battery compartments
Cubicle (110V systems) 1.6mm zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7032 Light German
Grey finish. 2 lockable doors and segregated control gear/battery
to change, depending on precise specification required
compartments. Cable entries via removable top gland plate
Batteries Vented nickel cadmium, 25 year design life
H Valve regulated lead acid, 10 year design life

Mains supply 230V ± 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz. Other input voltages available
Input control MCB to BS3871 Pt 1. Type D
Input terminals DIN rail mounted near to cable entry
Transformer Double wound with earth screen to BS171
Rectifier Full wave controlled thyristor/diode bridge
Charger Constant voltage, current limited type with electronic solid state controller.
Voltage controlled to within 1% of setting at ±10% mains supply variations.
Full recharge within 24 hours.
Cables Compliant with BS6231
• METERING & DISPLAY PANEL Output terminals DIN rail mounted
Temperature compensation Fitted as standard to lead acid battery units. Charger voltage is
- Simple and easy to read status display
- LCD meter indicating battery voltage and the option of battery
automatically adjusted with reference to ambient temperature to
optimise charging and battery life. Pre-set for optimum performance at 47
current or battery compartment temperature. Voltage is default, 20°C
Display panel Composite facia with LCD display and LED indicators
others displayed using push buttons (If options specified).
Alarm warning Audible alarm fitted internally plus common volt free contacts for use in
Display mode indicated by LED: conjunction with integral on-board power supply to operate the remote
• Volts alarm unit option
• Amps (optional)
• Temperature (lead acid battery systems only)
- Charger indication LED’s INSTALLATION NOTES
• Power On
• A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is
• Float Mode
supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the
• Current Limit
work efficiently and safely
• Full Charge
• Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow
• Boost mode (nickel cadmium battery systems only)
a safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that
- Alarm indication LED’s
when choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with
• Mains Fail
large batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of
• Charge Fail
potentially explosive gases is avoided
• Battery High Volts
• Refer to System Design section for ventilation calculations
• Battery Low Volts
• Warning notices should be displayed on battery room doors:
• DC Earth Fault
BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE
Audible alarm fitted internally, with mute button on display. Common
ENTERING. NO SMOKING
set of volts free changeover contacts for remote signalling and output
for remote alarm unit
OPTIONS
• Remote Alarm Unit
• Integral HRC fused distribution board (110V systems only)
• Integral MCB distribution board (110V systems only)
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Nominal Battery Nominal Output Voltage No of Approximate Cubicle
Reference Ah Capacity System Voltage Float Max Cells Weight (kg) Type
Systems with Nickel Cadmium Batteries
ST30/10/* 10 30 36 41.25 25 65 Wall(S)
ST30/18/* 18 30 36 41.25 25 77 Wall(S)
ST30/24/* 24 30 36 41.25 25 79 Wall(S)
ST30/30/* 30 30 36 41.25 25 84 Wall(S)

FST110/10/* 10 110 132.5 151.8 92 230 932
FST110/18/* 18 110 132.5 151.8 92 270 932
FST110/24/* 24 110 132.5 151.8 92 280 932
FST110/30/* 30 110 132.5 151.8 92 294 932
Systems with Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries

FSLRT110/19/* 19 108 122.5 122.5 54 220 931
FSLRT110/29/* 29 108 122.5 122.5 54 250 931
FSLRT110/38/* 38 108 122.5 122.5 54 345 932
Notes: 1. * = Specify charger size. Contact us for guidance

2. Diode regulators can be fitted to control the output terminal voltage to pre-determined limits. Contact Central Systems Technical Sales for details
3. Other size batteries and chargers are available on request
SWITCH TRIPPING UNITS

CEAGUARD CG2000
• Versatile central system for emergency lighting Representing the latest development in central battery
systems, CG2000 is compact, utilises maintenance free lead

• Built-in automatic testing, without need of a data
cable acid cells and can be built to meet project specific
requirements. Each basic unit is fitted with up to 10 individual

• Compact dimensions
circuit output modules, each capable of supplying up to 20
• Maintenance free batteries
luminaires. DLS modules may be added which monitor the
• Flexible programming of operation for individual
status of local normal switched mains lighting circuits, and
luminaires
instruct corresponding emergency luminaires to illuminate
• Easy set up via panel or PC
when a mains lighting circuit is energised. Alternatively,
individual luminaires can be freely programmed to operate
as non-maintained or permanently maintained units.
Every CG2000 system has built-in automatic testing as

48 standard, with the time, day and frequency of tests
programmable to suit the installation, with full logging of
results using an optional smart media card.

WHERE TO USE CEAGUARD CG2000

• Hospitals • Offices
• Theatres • Nursing homes
• Shopping centres • Universities, schools and colleges
SYSTEM OPERATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION
General
Cubicle Zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7035 Light Grey finish.
• The load to luminaires programmed for maintained operation Lockable door and segregated control gear/battery compartment(s).
is supplied by the system from the normal mains, via a by-pass Top cable entries
contactor inside each output module Batteries Valve regulated lead acid, 10 year design life
power to emergency luminaires, until mains power is restored
Mains supply 230V ± 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz
(or for the rated duration of the system in the event of extended Battery fuse Cartridge type
mains failure) Input terminals DIN rail mounted near to cable entry, 4mm2 capacity
• Output voltage from the system is 230V AC under normal Charger Plug in with constant voltage, current limited output.
conditions and 220V DC nominal in the event of a complete mains 2 charger bays to allow an extra charger to be fitted for larger systems
failure Deep discharge protection Fitted as standard. Automatic shut down of the output module when
battery voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of
• The unit can either be used with dedicated CeaGuard slave
mains supply failure
luminaires, or suitable mains luminaires that have been converted Monitoring circuits 3 bays to fit internal DLS maintained light switch monitors. Terminals
for emergency use using a special ballast and 24V current loop provided for connection of up to 10 remote
• Luminaires can be freely programmed using the control module on DLS/phase monitors. Max total of internal and external DLS = 10.
the fascia of the cubicle, or via a PC, to operate in non-maintained, 3 x volt free contacts for remote failure/status indication
permanently maintained or individually switched maintained mode Temperature compensation Fitted as standard. Charger voltage is automatically adjusted with
reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life.
• Optional addressable DLS maintained light switch modules can be
Control module Composite facia with 4 line x 20 character LCD display and LED
installed to monitor local switched supply circuits. Specific
luminaires can then be programmed to switch on and off, in Alarm warning
indicators
Audible alarm fitted internally. Programmable to select conditions under 49
response to the application or removal of a switched live control which alarm sounds
signal to the relevant input of a DLS module
Output module
• Converted luminaires can have their mode of operation changed at Mounting PCB for mounting into vacant bay. Max. 10 per system
any time by simply re-programming Output voltage 220V DC
• The CG2000 system carries out regular functionality and full Max. continuous output 150W during emergency operation
duration tests automatically. The time, day and frequency of these Start output in emergency 270W (< 1min.)
tests are programmable. A log is kept of all test results on the Max. surge current 120 A/1ms
Output terminals DIN rail mounted, 4mm2 capacity
optional smart media card, which can then be viewed after
downloading to a PC from the smart media card, which is Isolation 1kv rms between input and output terminals
removable Noise level Effectively silent on both charge and discharge
• No additional data cable is required for the testing function, as all
signalling and reporting is carried down the power cable
• Up to 10 individual emergency lighting circuits can be operated
from a single CG2000 system
• For larger installations, up to 32 CG2000 systems can be
networked, with central control and monitoring
DIMENSIONS
D W H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)

1450/1800 600 300
Note: Height of cubicle is dependant

on system output rating
H
CEAGUARD CG2000
CEAGUARD CG2000
CONTROL MODULE & SMART MEDIA CARD
The control module is the heart of the CG2000 system, for set up, In addition, the display indicates:
programming, testing, monitoring and fault/alarm indication. - LED indication of mains operation, battery operation,
The module has a port for a plug-in smart media card, which is used system failure and power on status
to transport data to and from the programming software and has a - Battery voltage
non-volatile memory to ensure the event log is retained when power is - Battery charge and discharge currents
disconnected. Programming is via a 4 x 4 foil keypad, with the menus - Charging fault
and data inputted displayed on a 4 line x 20 character LCD display. - Luminaire fault, with location text
- Deep discharge protection
The module can be used to program the following: - Manual reset
- Date and time set up - Test operation
- Install and configure output modules, luminaires and DLS/phase - Insulation fault on output circuits
monitors - Fault information
- Perform automatic luminaire search function, which identifies
and registers all luminaires on each output module The programming can also be carried out remotely using CG2000 PC
- Add location text to the addresses of modules, luminaires and DLS software. The programming can be saved onto the media smart card
monitors and the card simply plugged back into the control module. The
- Designate luminaires as non-maintained, maintained or switched software can read the test logbook from the smart media card, for
maintained viewing on the PC and printing.
- Allocate control signals from DLS monitors to appropriate circuit
and luminaires that have been designated switched maintained The control module has 3 volt free contacts for remote
50 - Set up and carry out testing operation, including selection of time, status/failure/alarm buzzer indication
date and frequency of functionality and duration tests
- Select conditions under which alarms are activated
OUTPUT MODULE LOAD TABLES FOR LUMINAIRE CONVERSION MODULES
Up to 10 output modules can be accommodated, each providing
Lamp Wattage & Type Emergency Ballast Emergency Operation Start Up
a separate emergency circuit for a maximum of 20 luminaires.
Lumen Factor Running Watts Watts
The module is rated at a maximum continuous emergency operation
8W T5 0.75 7.25 7.25
output of 150W and start output of 270W.
9W TC-S 0.75 7.5 7.5
11W TC-S 0.75 10.0 10.0
LUMINAIRE CONVERSION MODULE 13W TC-DE/TC-T 0.75 12.1 12.1
18W T8 0.75 16.5 16.5
CG2000 is designed primarily to operate 8W converted luminaires,
18W TC-DE/TC-T 0.75 16.5 16.5
which optimise the maximum rating of each output module. Higher 26W TC-DE/TC-T 0.30* 17.2 29.5
wattage fluorescent lamps can also be converted for use with CG2000, 36W T8 0.30* 17.7 38.8
up to the maximum rating for the output module. Each module has a 58W T8 0.30* 22.1 58.1
rotary switch for addressing.
A comprehensive standard range of CeaGuard CG2000 compatible Notes:
luminaires is listed on page 58. 1. Loading of an output module cannot exceed 150W running and 270W start-up
2. * Indicates a conversion module that can operate at pre-selectable emergency
BLF between 0.30 & 1.00. Running watts is affected by BLF setting. Contact
Central Systems Technical Sales for details
3. The conversion module only supplies 1 lamp in multi-lamp luminaires. Separate
gear must be used to operate mains only operation lamps
4. A comprehensive range of Menvier 8W CeaGuard CG2000 compatible luminaires
is shown on page 56
51
SUPPLY CIRCUIT MONITOR
Provides signal to the CG2000 unit in the event of supply circuit or
phase failure, interrupting the 24V current loop of the panel, which
energises all emergency luminaires. Dims: H85 x W53 x D65mm.
Terminals - 2.5mm2.
REMOTE INDICATOR/ISOLATOR
Remote indication of status of CG2000 panel. LED’s indicate mains
operation, battery operation and system failure. Indicator is powered
by the CG2000 system. The panel can be isolated by a built-in key
operated switch, in which case the output will be disabled even in the
event of a mains failure.
Dims: H180 x W80 x D55mm. Terminals - 2.5mm2 wall mounting.
INTERNAL DLS MODULE

Up to 3 DLS maintained light switching modules can be fitted internally
to CG2000. The units have 5 inputs to monitor the status of local
switched circuits. Switched maintained emergency luminaires are
programmed to illuminate in response to a switched mains signal being
applied to the selected input of the relevant DLS unit to which they are
assigned during system programming. Terminals: Connection via DIN
rail terminals at top of cabinet.
EXTERNAL DLS MODULE

External, DIN rail mounted DLS modules can also be fitted, up to
a combined total of 10 internal and external modules. External
modules have terminals for the connection of a 24V power loop and Supply circuit module Remote indicator/isolator
data cable to provide a signal back to the CG2000 unit, from the 5 DLS
inputs. Alternatively, the module can provide 2 x DLS inputs and a 3-

phase monitor, capable of monitoring a single 3-phase supply or 3,
single phase circuits. If an external DLS unit is configured to operate as
a 3-phase monitor unit, then all emergency luminaires will illuminate in
the event of failure of any monitored circuit. Dims: H76 x W75 x D70.
Terminals - 2.5mm2. Each module has a rotary switch for addressing.
Internal DLS module External DLS module
CEAGUARD CG2000
CEAGUARD CG2000
SYSTEM DESIGN & APPLICATION INSTALLATION NOTES
• Determine the number and type of emergency luminaires to be • A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is
used using the spacing charts at the rear of this catalogue supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work
• Use the plans and quantity of luminaires to determine the number efficiently and safely
of circuits required • Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a
• If designated luminaires are required to operate in switched safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when
maintained mode, calculate the quantity of internal and/or choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large
external DLS modules required batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of
• If it is inappropriate to operate a luminaire in the permanently potentially explosive gases is avoided
maintained mode, circuit monitors should be used to switch them • Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation
on in the event of a failure of the final circuit to the normal mains calculations
luminaires in that area • Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery
• Using table on page 51, calculate that luminaires chosen per rooms:
circuit do not exceed load ratings of output module BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE
• Contact Cooper Lighting and Safety to determine configuration of ENTERING. NO SMOKING.
CG2000, charger(s) and batteries
• Locate the CG2000 unit where the visual indication/alarms can be
readily seen and heard. Alternatively use a remote indicator. Select
a location where fire risk is minimised (see notes on ventilation)
• Output wiring should be in fire protected cable
• As the luminaires are individually addressed, circuits can be teed or
52 spurred, as is convenient
• Set up the system using the control module keypad or via the PC
software, adding location text to circuits, luminaire addresses and
DLS modules. Program the mode of operation of each luminaire.
Program date, time, frequency, duration of tests
• Up to 32 CG2000 systems can be networked, with central control
and monitoring. Contact Central Systems Technical Sales for full
details
• The Cooper Lighting and Safety Service Department can offer a
programming and commissioning service
CG2000 SYSTEM REFERENCES
Description Cat. No.

Cabinet with control module and charger CG2000
Output Module CGMOD
Smart Media Card SMC
Internal DLS DLSI
External DLS DLSE
Batteries On request
Note: systems are designed and manufactured to meet a specific project, using
modular components. Contact Central Systems Technical Sales for full details
CG2000 WIRING SCHEMATIC
DLS modules can be used to monitor normal switched mains lighting circuits. When the mains lighting circuit is energised, corresponding emergency
luminaires can be programmed to illuminate. In the event of a failure of the monitored circuit, all emergency luminaires will illuminate at emergency BLF
level.
53
DLS
CG2000
CEAGUARD CG2000
CEAGUARD CG48
• Simple installation and operation CeaGuard CG48 is an extremely compact system for
emergency lighting, with the benefit of built-in automatic

• Powers up to 48 x 8W luminaires for 3 hours
testing. The system and luminaires are regularly tested and
• High light output to maximise spacing
any faults identified, affording a high level of integrity. CG48
• Built-in automatic testing, without need of a
systems are easy to design, install, program and maintain.
data cable
Every panel has four output circuits, each with a maximum of
• Extremely compact dimensions
12 luminaires. Designed primarily with smaller installations in
• Network and centrally control up to 32 panels mind, CG48 can also be utilised in larger projects that would
benefit from independent sub-systems, such as multi-floor or
multi-wing accommodation blocks. An application controller
allows up to 32 panels to be networked, with central control
and facility to connect a printer.

54
WHERE TO USE CEAGUARD CG48

• Universities, schools and colleges • Offices
• Accommodation blocks • Industrial facilities
• Retail • Nursing homes
SYSTEM OPERATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION
General
Cubicle Zinc coated steel panels with powder coat RAL7035 Light Grey finish.
• The load to luminaires converted for maintained mode emergency Lockable door with transparent panel for visible status display.
use, is supplied by the system from the normal mains connected Segregated control gear/battery compartment. Top cable entries. Wall
into the relevant maintained input supply terminals, via a mounted
changeover contactor fitted to each of the 4 output converter Batteries Valve regulated lead acid, 5 year design life
modules
• In the event of a mains failure, the system provides emergency Mains supply 230V ± 10% AC single phase supply, 50 Hz
power to converted luminaires, until mains power is restored Battery fuse Cartridge type
(or for the rated duration of the system in the event of extended Input terminals DIN rail mounted near to cable entry, 4 mm2 capacity
mains failure) Charger Constant voltage, current limited output
• Output voltage from the system, via the output module, is 230V AC Recharge period - 10 hours (24 Ah) or 20 hours (52Ah).
Deep discharge protection Fitted as standard. Automatic shutdown of the output modules when
under normal conditions, when operating in maintained mode and
battery voltage falls below pre-set level, during extended periods of
220V DC nominal in the event of complete mains failure mains supply failure
• The system operates with dedicated CeaGuard compatible slave Monitoring circuits Terminals and 24V current loop provided for connection of supply
luminaires. An integral module is addressed using rotary switches circuit/phase monitors. Max permissible cable run of the monitoring
• Each of the output circuits can be programmed to operate in loop is 2,000m using 1.5mm2 cable
non-maintained, permanently maintained or switched maintained 3 x volt free contacts for remote failure/status indication
Temperature compensation Fitted as standard. Charger voltage is automatically adjusted with
mode (switched maintained via remote switching of maintained
reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life.
supply or by change of output module setting)
• The CeaGuard system carries out weekly functional and annual full
Control module Programmable, with 2 line alphanumeric LCD display and LED
indicators 55
duration tests automatically. The results can be viewed on the Alarm warning Audible alarm fitted internally for charge, luminaire or general supply
control module or downloaded to a printer via the application failure
controller Converter
• No additional data cable is required for the testing function, as all Output voltage 220V DC
signalling and reporting is carried down the power cable Max. supply capacity 4 independent circuits, each with up to 12 x 8W CeaGuard compatible
• Up to 4 individual emergency lighting circuits can be operated luminaires
from a single CG48 system. Each circuit can accept up to Max. surge current 120 A/1ms
Output terminals DIN rail mounted, 2.5mm2 capacity
12 x 8W luminaires
Noise level Effectively silent on both charge and discharge
DIMENSIONS LUMINAIRE CONVERSION MODULE

CG48 is designed primarily to operate 8W converted luminaires. Higher
D W
wattage lamps can also be used, although this would result in fewer
luminaires being capable of connection to an individual CG48 panel.
Each module has a rotary switch for addressing.
A comprehensive standard range of CeaGuard luminaires is listed on
page 58.
MAXIMUM CIRCUIT LOADING FOR LAMPS ABOVE 8W
Lamp Wattage & Type Emergency Ballast Maximum per

Lumen Factor Circuit
9-13W TC-S/TC-DE 1.00 8

18-26W TC-L/TC-DE 1.00 3
32W TC-T 0.50 3
36W TC-L/T8 1.00 2
Cubicle Ref H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 58W T8 1.00 1
CG48 panel 600 400 160

Note: Maximum loading for each type of lamp assumes no other types of lamps are
Additional battery cubicle 700 500 190
(for 3 hour system) connected
CEAGUARD CG48
CEAGUARD CG48
CONTROL MODULE
The control module is used for set up, programming, testing,
monitoring and fault/alarm indication. Programming is menu driven
via a 2 line LCD display, using 4 push buttons for selection, with a
constant programming memory. The module has three main functions:
- Display of the current panel/luminaire status
- Control and monitoring of all test cycles and functions
- Configuration of the output module mode of operation
The following is displayed:

- Battery voltage level
- Battery current during test run or emergency operation
- Charger fault
- Interrupted battery circuit
- Duration test failure
- Deep discharge protection “ON”
- Function test (FT) in progress
- Battery duration test (BT) in progress
Function and battery duration tests can be manually initiated and
cancelled any time. The display indicates the circuit and address
number of luminaires with a fault condition. This can be cross
56 referenced with luminaire location chart to identify the exact location.
Three LEDs, which are visible with the panel door closed, indicate:
- Mains ON/OFF (green)
- Battery in operation (amber)
- Luminaire or panel test failure (red) Circuit no Luminaire identification
(X alongside a luminaire
The control module allows free programming of each of the number indicates that this
4 output circuits to independently operate in non-maintained, particular luminaire is faulty)
permanently maintained or switched maintained mode (via a remote
switch).
SUPPLY CIRCUIT MONITOR

Provides signal to the CG48 unit in the
event of supply circuit or phase failure,
SYSTEM DESIGN & APPLICATION interrupting the 24V current loop of
• Determine the number of emergency luminaires to be used using the panel which then energises all
the spacing charts at the rear of this catalogue emergency luminaires.
• Use the plans and quantity of luminaires to determine the number 2.5mm2 terminals. Dims: 85mm(H) x
of circuits and panels required (Each panel has a maximum of 4 W53mm(W) x 65mm(D). DIN rail
circuits, with 12 x 8W luminaires per circuit. Less luminaires per mounting.
circuit if higher wattage lamps are used)
• Determine whether each independent circuit should be non-
maintained, permanently maintained or switched maintained
• If it is inappropriate to operate a circuit in the permanently REMOTE INDICATOR/ISOLATOR
maintained mode, circuit monitors should be used to switch them
Remote indication of status of CG48
on in the event of a failure of the final circuit to the normal mains
panel. LED’s indicate mains ON/OFF,
luminaires in that area
battery operation and system/luminaire
• Locate the CG48 panel where the visual indication/alarms can be
failure. Indicator is powered by the CG48
readily seen and heard. Alternatively use an application controller or
panel. Built-in key operated switch allows
remote indicator. Select a location where fire risk is minimised (see
isolation of the panel.
notes on ventilation)
Dims: 180mm(H) x 80mm(W) x 55mm(D).
• Output wiring should be in fire protected cable
2.5mm2 terminals. Wall mounting.
• As the luminaires are individually addressed, circuits can be teed or
spurred, as is convenient
• Add a remote indicator and/or application controller for remote
indication or control, or if printer connection/panel networking is
required
CEAGUARD APPLICATION
• Set up the system using the control module. Program the mode
of operation of each circuit. Program date and time of first test
CONTROLLER
Micro-processor controlled, for the
recording and remote control of up
to 32 CeaGuard CG48 panels. All
messages and commands are transmitted
via the 3-wire serial data bus between the
controller and panels. A standby voltage
in the CG48 panel ensures operation
during a mains fail condition. DB25
interface for connection of a printer (IBM proprietary/HP DeskJet
printer driver included) to download logbook for test record-keeping.
2.5mm2 terminals.
Dims: 75mm(H) x 175mm(W) x 85mm(D). DIN rail mounted.
INSTALLATION NOTES CG48 SYSTEM REFERENCES
• A full set of Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions is
supplied with each system to assist the installer carry out the work Description Cat. No.
efficiently and safely Cabinet with control module, charger & batteries -
• Adequate ventilation has been provided in the cubicle to allow a 24Ah, 1 hour duration CG48/220/24
safe dispersal of gases but it is important to remember that when Cabinet with control module, charger & batteries -
choosing where to locate systems, particularly those with large 65Ah, 3 hour duration CG48/220/65
batteries, attention must be paid to ensuring a build-up of
Application controller CG48
potentially explosive gases is avoided
• Please refer to the System Design section for details of ventilation Supply circuit monitor CG3P
calculations Remote Indicator/Isolator CGF3
• Warning notices should be displayed on entry doors to battery
rooms:
BATTERY ROOM. EXTINGUISH ALL NAKED LIGHTS BEFORE
ENTERING. NO SMOKING.
57
Typical Schematic - CeaGuard 48 system
N L3 L2 L2 L1 L1 N L3 L2 L2 L1 L1
1 2 3 S S 1 2 3 S S
System
operational
Battery
operation
System
failure
Off
On
L1 N L2 N L3 N L4 N 11 12 21 22 31 32 + -- E G A S1 S2 S3 S4 L N PE 11 12 PE 21 22 PE 31 32 PE 41 42 PE
CEAGUARD CG48
BRITEWAY
• Compact and unobtrusive Menvier Briteway is a very compact low profile emergency
luminaire, with dimensions a fraction of the size of traditional
• Long life LED technology
bulkheads. It utilises LED technology to provide an
• Axially mounted for optimum aesthetics unobtrusive, low maintenance, emergency lighting solution
• Simple surface installation for a wide variety of areas. Unlike traditional fluorescent
emergency luminaires, Briteway is optically engineered to
• Low power consumption
provide maximum performance when mounted axially, thus
complementing the typical mains lighting layout. Briteway is
simple to install, being surface mounted and having a plug in
mains connection and first fix backplate. The low energy
consumption and carefully controlled light distribution of the
twin, high output long life LED light sources make Menvier
Briteway ideal for nightlighting or background illumination
applications.
60
LAMP OPTIONS OPTIONS

• 2 x 1W high intensity LED • EasiCheck
MATERIALS
SPECIFICATION
• Base, mounting plate and cover, fire retardant ABS, lens optical
Slave - To specify state: Low profile, ceiling mounted, Static inverter
grade acrylic slave luminaire with dual high output white LED light sources and
optical design optimised for axial mounting. Installation via first fix
INSTALLATION NOTES back plate and fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22 as Menvier
Briteway range part no. ________
• Low profile surface fixing
• First fix back plate with self locking clip on main body
• Plug in electrical connection and main body automatically locks PHOTOMETRIC DATA
into position when pushed into place, requires tool to remove Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
1 lux min 0.5 lux min
• Designed to provide optimum performance when mounted axially
Luminaire Mounting Lux level
• Purpose designed surface cable pattress available type height (m) directly 0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
• Pattress has 20mm knockouts in each side and end under
• Pattress accepts standard mini trunking terminations and fixings Slave 2.5 1.9 1.3 3.0 7.8 2.5 1.0 2.9 7.1 2.7
3.0 1.3 1.1 3.4 8.0 2.0 0.9 3.2 7.4 2.8
4.0 0.8 - - - - 0.9 3.6 7.8 2.0
DIMENSIONS
107mm
198mm CATALOGUE NUMBERS
36mm System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Static inverter slave BW230 0.3
Surface wiring pattress BWPAT 0.1
L (mm) W (mm) D (mm)

Standard 198 107 36
c/w Pattress 198 107 80
Simple installation via first fix Optional pattress to suit surface Pattress supports conduit and
back plate wiring surface trunking
BRITEWAY RECESSED
• Discreet flush installation Sharing a common styling theme with Briteway, but designed
for very discreet recessed installation, Briteway recessed
• Compact dimensions
provides a compact, emergency lighting solution, utilising LED
• Simple to install technology. Offering a low maintenance, emergency lighting
solution for a wide variety of areas. Briteway recessed is
• Long life LED technology
simple to install, a purpose designed remote gear pod, fits
• Low power consumption through the luminaire installation aperture, enabling it to be
installed into suspended or solid ceilings. The use of a heavy
duty self locking plug in mains connector enables installation
without any need to disassemble the gear pod. The low
energy consumption and carefully controlled light distribution
of the twin, high output long life LED light sources, make
Briteway recessed ideal for nightlight or background
illumination applications.
61

• 2 x 1W high density LED • EasiCheck
• Static inverter slave
MATERIALS
• Base, remote pod enclosure and cover, fire retardant ABS, SPECIFICATION
lens optical grade acrylic To specify state: Maintained/Non Maintained/slave recessed ceiling
mounted emergency luminaire, utilising dual high output white LED
light sources. Installation via remote gearpod capable of being installed
INSTALLATION NOTES via the mounting hole aperture and complete with plug and socket
• 1 Lux spacing for escape routes is typically 7 - 8 metres, mains connector. Fully compliant with EN 60598-2-22, as Menvier
detailed data available on request Briteway recessed range part no. ________
• Remote head has spring clip retention
• Remote gear pod contains battery and charger
• Mains connection to remote pod is via self locking plug in
connector
• Gear pod fits through head unit installation aperture so can be
fitted to solid ceilings
• Cut out diameter 51mm hole saw
• Slave versions must be installed via local fused connection
DIMENSIONS
44mm
21mm
Gear pod fits through fixing hole

ideal for solid ceilings
63mm
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Briteway Recessed Slave 230VAC BWR230 0.24
VISTRAL
• Attractive, curved, low profile design Equally at home in prestigious installations and commercial
interiors, Vistral is an ultra-low profile luminaire with a stylish
• Stylish exit sign using legend kit
design, allowing it to blend unobtrusively into any
• EasiCheck and CeaGuard options environment. The luminaire has a maximum depth of only
50mm and appears even slimmer thanks to an elegantly
• Available in AC/DC and AC mains slave versions
curved upper gallery, which also incorporates the efficient
clear fresnel lens. The excellent flashing developed by this
wide lens also permits Vistral to be deployed as an attractive
exit sign, using the optional legend kit.
62

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 • EasiCheck addressable testing
• Central system slave versions
MATERIALS • CeaGuard testing version
• Upper/lower gallery - polycarbonate and ABS
SPECIFICATION
• Lens - clear polycarbonate
Slave - To specify state: Central system slave compatible, 50mm deep
ultra-low curved profile decorative emergency luminaire, with snap fix
INSTALLATION NOTES high quality fresnel lens and upper gallery, in white finish, as Menvier
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting Vistral range, part no. ________
• Lower gallery fixed direct, via keyhole slots
• BESA entry on rear. Cable entries on side and end PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Upper gallery and lens have snap fix retention
Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
Luminaire Mounting Lux level 0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
type height (m) directly
DIMENSIONS under
0.5L
Slave
365mm AC/DC 2.5 4.89 2.9 6.8 6.8 2.6 2.3 7.5 7.2 2.3
180mm 4.0 1.91 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.3 3.0 8.9 8.9 2.5
6.0 0.85 - - - - 3.5 10.0 9.8 2.1
AC/AC 2.5 6.7 3.1 7.8 7.8 3.0 2.7 8.4 7.7 2.0
4.0 2.6 3.9 9.0 8.4 2.9 3.2 9.8 9.8 2.1
50mm
6.0 1.1 3.1 11.2 7.6 1.4 3.9 11.2 11.2 1.9
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

CeaGuard slave VS230CG 0.95
24V AC/DC Central system slave VS24 0.95

230V AC Static inverter system slave VS8S230 0.95
Legend kit
European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSAVS
63
Emirates Stadium
Vistral
FAIRLITE
• Unobtrusive low profile The popular Fairlite range offers attractive styling and a
wide range of options, to satisfy a variety of applications.
• Attractive styling
The luminaire provides efficient, diffused lighting during
• Choice of grey, chrome and brass finish normal operation and effective escape route illumination
when the mains power fails. Available in square or round
• Easy to install, with quick fit geartray and diffuser
format, to blend with different architectural styles, Fairlite
• EasiCheck options employs 2D lamp technology for efficiency and long life.
In addition to the standard grey base, a choice of brass and
chrome finish is available, particularly suitable for hotels,
waiting areas and office receptions. Fairlite is also easy to
install, with both the geartray and diffuser having snap fit
location.
64

• 16W, 28W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500°K - GR10q-4 cap • EasiCheck addressable testing
• Central system combined mains/slave versions
• 230V AC mains slave uses HF gear
MATERIALS
• Base - polycarbonate, self-coloured grey finish/brass or chrome
coated finish SPECIFICATION
• Diffuser - opal polycarbonate Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system
• Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish compatible slave, decorative low profile emergency luminaire,
with square/circular clip-on opal diffuser and grey/brass/chrome base,
as JSB Fairlite range, part no. ___________
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting PHOTOMETRIC DATA

• BESA entry and screw fixing drill outs on rear
• Geartray and diffuser clip into position. Fitted and removed without Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
need of tools Luminaire Mounting 0.5L 0.5L
• Supplied complete with lamp type height (m) 0.5L
0.5L
Slave - 28W
DIMENSIONS AC/DC 2.5 3.2 8.4 8.4 3.2 2.9 9.1 9.1 2.9
285mm 4.0 4.4 9.6 9.6 4.4 3.3 11.2 11.2 3.3
260mm 6.0 2.4 9.5 9.5 2.4 3.3 12.6 12.6 3.3
260mm AC/AC 2.5 5.0 12.5 12.5 5.0 4.4 12.6 12.6 4.4
4.0 5.9 15.1 15.1 5.9 5.2 15.4 15.4 5.2
6.0 6.4 16.8 16.8 6.4 5.8 18.1 18.1 5.8
100mm
90mm
FAIRLITE
Brass finish Chrome finish 65
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Lamp Rating System Mode Grey Finish Chrome Finish Brass Finish Weight (kg)
Square Fairlite
1 x 16W 230V AC Mains slave SG16230 SG16230CH SG16230BR 1.50
1 x 28W 50V AC/DC Combined mains/slave SG50 SG50CH SG50BR 1.90
1 x 28W 110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave SG110 SG110CH SG110BR 1.90
1 x 28W 230V AC Mains slave SG28230 SG28230CH SG28230BR 1.90
Round Fairlite
1 x 16W 230V AC Mains slave RG16230 RG16230CH RG16230BR 1.50
1 x 28W 50V AC/DC Combined mains/slave RG50 RG50CH RG50BR 1.90
1 x 28W 110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave RG110 RG110CH RG110BR 1.90
1 x 28W 230V AC Mains slave RG28230 RG28230CH RG28230BR 1.90

SLIMLITE
• Shallow profile design - only 62mm deep At only 62mm deep and with a softly rounded edge opal
diffuser, Slimlite is an unobtrusive luminaire that is suitable for
• Large format ideal for retrofit installations
numerous interior applications. The large format design offers
• Optional large legend kit with 36m viewing dual benefits. Firstly, the luminaire is ideal for use as a slim
distance profile exit sign, using the optional legend kit. A viewing
distance of up to 36m is achieved with this accessory.
• Diffuser retained by screws
Additionally, decoration damage, often experienced when
• EasiCheck central addressable options removing old luminaires in refurbishments, is easily covered
by Slimlite. Diffusers are retained by screws ensuring that
• Available in AC/DC slave versions
Slimlite can be confidently used in public areas, such as
hotels, pubs or schools.
66
LAMP OPTIONS SPECIFICATION

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, decorative
62mm deep, low profile emergency luminaire, with opal diffuser
secured by screws, as Menvier Slimlite range, part no. ________
MATERIALS
• Base - polycarbonate, white finish
PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Diffuser - opal polycarbonate
• Gear cover/reflector - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
under
INSTALLATION NOTES
Slave
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting AC/DC 2.5 2.24 2.3 6.6 6.2 2.2 2.3 7.9 7.2 2.1
• Base fixed direct, via keyhole slots 4.0 0.88 - - - - 2.2 8.9 8.4 2.1
• BESA entry on rear. Conduit entry on one side 6.0 0.39 - - - - - - - -

AC/AC 2.5 4.10 2.3 6.4 6.2 2.2 2.2 7.3 7.1 1.6
• Gear cover/reflector retained by 2 screws
4.0 1.50 2.0 6.6 6.6 1.8 2.3 8.4 8.4 1.7
• Diffuser secured by screws 6.0 0.75 - 5.4 5.2 - 1.9 9.7 9.5 1.3
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp
OPTIONS CATALOGUE NUMBERS

• EasiCheck addressable testing
• Central system slave versions System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
24V AC/DC Central system slave SLO24 1.40
DIMENSIONS

194mm 416mm
Description Cat. No. Weight (kg)
62mm European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSAL 0.10
Slimlite with legend

EUROLITE
• Unobtrusive flush mounted design Eurolite provides a perfect solution for installations where the
use of surface mounted emergency luminaires would detract
• Quick and simple installation
from the décor and clean ceiling lines. The neat, unobtrusive
• Hinged fresnel lens for easy maintenance design also incorporates time and money saving features,
including a simple yet ingenious recessing frame with
• Legend kit option for attractive flush exit sign
adjustable ceiling clamps, clip-in body and hinged fresnel
• EasiCheck and CeaGuard self-testing options lens. The carefully designed prisms of the lens afford excellent
spacing characteristics from a recessed luminaire. When fitted
• AC/DC and AC mains slave versions
with the optional legend kit and flush mounted into a wall,
Eurolite makes an attractive exit or directional sign.
Self-testing options complete this versatile range.
67

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system
compatible slave, recessed emergency luminaire, requiring front access
only for installation, with adjustable clamp fixed recessing plate,
MATERIALS
clip-in body and hinged polycarbonate lens, as Menvier Eurolite range,
• Body, recessing plate and gear cover - flame retardent ABS, part no. ___________
white finish
• Fresnel lens - clear polycarbonate with linear prisms PHOTOMETRIC DATA
INSTALLATION NOTES Luminaire Mounting Lux level 0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
• Suitable for flush mounting into ceiling or wall under
0.5L
• Recessing frame secured by adjustable clamps or screw fixed Slave

• Front access only is required to install luminaire AC/DC 2.5 3.22 3.3 8.2 5.7 2.0 2.8 8.1 6.4 2.0
• BESA entry on rear. Cable entries rear and end 4.0 1.25 3.2 9.9 5.6 1.3 3.4 10.2 7.5 1.9
• Electrical supply connected to body. Body is then clipped into 6.0 0.56 - - - - 3.3 12.3 7.7 0.8
AC/AC 2.5 4.40 3.6 8.6 6.4 2.4 3.0 8.3 7.0 1.6
the recessing frame
4.0 1.70 2.7 10.8 6.4 2.0 3.8 10.4 8.4 1.6
• Lens snap fixes into position and hinges for lamp replacement
6.0 0.80 - 11.8 5.4 - 4.1 13.0 9.1 1.4

• EasiCheck addressable testing.
• Central system slave versions System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
• CeaGuard testing versions. CeaGuard slave NEURO230CG 0.90
DIMENSIONS 24V AC/DC Central system slave NEURO24 0.90

50V AC/DC Central system slave NEURO50 0.90
W L 110V AC/DC Central system slave NEURO110 0.90
230V AC Static inverter system slave NEUROS8230 0.90
D1
D2 Legend kit Cat. No. Weight (kg)
European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSAM 0.10
L (mm) W (mm) D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm)
407 150 78 7 364x112
MICROPOINT
• 60,000 hour life LED technology Micropoint is a recessed LED emergency luminaire designed
to satisfy the most demanding of aesthetic requirements.
• Minimal Visual presence
The only visible part is a flush mounted LED light assembly,
• Remote gear box with a visible diameter of just 40mm. The control gear are
housed in a remote pod with plug in connector for the mains
• Plug in mains and LED connections
supply. A spring clip fixing arrangement provides quick and
simple installation of the LED luminaire body. For simplicity,
the green status LED is incorporated into the luminaire body,
enabling maintenance personnel to carry out mandatory
maintenance checks without requiring access to the remote
module. For applications with limited access, an adaptor plate
is available which allows the remote gear pod to pass through
the luminaire fixing hole, thus removing the need for any
additional maintenance access. The high power, high
efficiency LED light source provides uniform illumination ideal
68 for coverage of open areas.

• High power (3W) white LED • EasiCheck addressable testing
MATERIALS
• Luminaire body - Aluminium SPECIFICATION
• Remote gear pod - ABS To specify state: Flush mounted slave 3W LED emergency luminaire,
retained in ceiling with spring fixing assembly requiring front access
only. Control gear to be mounted in remote pod with plug in
INSTALLATION NOTES connections for incoming supply and LED head as per Menvier
• 0.5 Lux spacing for open areas is typically 6 - 6.5 metres, Micropoint part number __________
detailed spacing data is available on request
• Flush mounting
• Spring retaining clips require only front access for installation
• Mains supply via plug and socket on remote gear pod
• No disassembly of gear pod required during installation
• Cut out diameter (without gear pod adaptor plate 32mm hole saw)
• Cut out diameter (with gear pod adaptor plate 51mm hole saw)
• Slave version must be installed via a locally fused connection
DIMENSIONS
52mm
2mm
40mm
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

230V AC slave MPS230 0.25
Optional adaptor allows

installation in solid ceilings
SINTRALITE
• Attractive flush mounting design Available in a choice of colour finishes, to complement all
forms of interior decoration, Sintralite is an attractive recessed
• Dual mode maintained/non-maintained operation
mounting luminaire. Chrome and brass finish versions are
• Choice of chrome, brass and white colour finish particularly suited to prestigious locations, such as hotels,
restaurants and reception areas.
• Rapid fit ceiling spring clips
• EasiCheck central addressable options
69

• CeaGuard testing versions
MATERIALS
• Body - ABS, self-coloured white finish/brass or chrome coated
finish SPECIFICATION
• Geartray/reflector - polycarbonate, self coloured with silver Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave,
metalised reflector surface coating recessed emergency luminaire, retained in ceiling by strong
• Prismatic controller - clear polycarbonate spring clips, with clip-in geartray and prismatic controller,
available in white/chrome/brass finish, as JSB Sintralite range,
part no. ___________
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Suitable for flush mounting in ceiling PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Body retained in ceiling by strong spring steel clips
• 20mm cable entries rear and end 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
• Geartray and controller both clip in to body Luminaire Mounting
0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
type height (m)
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp 0.5L
Slave
DIMENSIONS AC/DC 2.5 2.8 7.5 6.3 2.3 2.5 8.0 6.8 2.1
4.0 2.1 8.0 6.4 1.9 2.8 9.5 8.2 2.2
6.0 - - - - 1.8 10.8 9.1 1.8
AC/AC 2.5 3.3 8.4 6.0 2.3 2.9 8.1 6.7 1.5
W
4.0 3.8 10.2 6.2 1.8 3.6 10.2 8.0 1.6
L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) Cut out (mm)
6.0 - 10.8 4.6 - 3.8 12.6 8.7 1.2

389 126 80 340x90
D
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode White Finish Chrome Finish Brass Finish Weight (kg)
24V AC/DC Central system slave SN24 SN24CH SN24BR 1.00
230V AC Static inverter system slave SN230 SN230CH SN230BR 1.00
CeaGuard Slave SN230CG SN230CHCG SN230BRCG 1.00
70
Emirates Stadium
Atlantic
ATLANTIC
• Weatherproof and vandal resistant Weatherproof, stylish and robust, the Atlantic family is suitable
for practically any application and location. All share the
• High performance, wide spacing distribution
convenience of a first fix base, plug in geartray and self
• Time saving first fix base and plug-in geartray locking snap on vandal resistant lens which greatly speeds
installation, saving time and cost. The robust, fully
• Optional large format legend kit
polycarbonate construction affords enhanced protection for
• EasiCheck and CeaGuard options even the most vulnerable locations.
71

MATERIALS • CeaGuard testing versions
• Base geartray and lens - polycarbonate

SPECIFICATION
Slave - To specify state: Intelligent 2/3 cell self-testing/Central system
INSTALLATION NOTES
compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant, high performance emergency
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting luminaire, with plug-in geartray, self-locking snap on lens that requires
• First fix base with heavy duty connector tool for removal and standard/high light output circuit, as Menvier
• BESA entry on rear, conduit entries on ends and side Atlantic/Atlantic Plus range, part no. ___________
• Plug-in geartray
• Self-locking snap on lens. Requires tool for removal
PHOTOMETRIC DATA
DIMENSIONS Luminaire Mounting Lux level
0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
under
135mm Slave
330mm
AC/DC 2.5 3.05 3.5 10.4 5.9 2.0 3.6 10.7 6.7 2.0
4.0 1.19 1.3 9.9 5.6 1.1 3.1 13.5 7.7 2.0
80mm 6.0 0.53 - - - - 1.1 12.0 7.9 0.7

AC/AC 2.5 4.40 4.3 11.4 6.6 2.4 4.0 10.6 7.0 1.7
4.0 1.70 2.7 12.0 6.6 2.0 4.2 13.7 8.5 1.7
6.0 0.80 0 6.2 5.4 - 2.2 15.3 9.5 1.4
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

CeaGuard slave AT230CG 1.00
24V AC/DC Central system slave AT24 1.00
230V AC Static inverter system slave ATS8230 1.00

European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSABL 0.10
Atlantic with legend
DRG
• Heavy duty vandal resistant construction A strong die cast base and tough, tamper resistant
polycarbonate diffuser affords the DRG range an extremely
• IP65 weatherproof rating
high level of vandal resistance. Yet whilst robust, DRG is also
• Attractive and functional grille and pattress, stylish and attractive and will blend into a variety of
allowing flush fixing over conduit contemporary and period applications, both interior and
exterior. The style and resilience is further enhanced by an
• Tamper resistant security screws
optional die cast aluminium grille and pattress kit, which has
• EasiCheck options functional security screws and special channels on the back,
allowing the kit to fit flush over surface conduit. DRG is
• Matching mains version
available with the latest in self-test technology and a matching
mains only version for attractive, efficient general illumination.
72
LAMP OPTIONS DIMENSIONS

285mm 334mm
• 28W 2D compact fluorescent, 3500°K - GR10q-4 cap
105mm
MATERIALS
• Base - die cast aluminium, powder coated in white finish
• Pattress kit - die cast aluminium, powder coated in grey finish
150mm
• Diffuser - opal polycarbonate
• Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish
INSTALLATION NOTES SPECIFICATION

• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system
• BESA entry drill outs on rear, alternative drill outs for screw fixing compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant, robust emergency luminaire,
• Optional grille and pattress kit adds side conduit entry options with die cast aluminium base, tough polycarbonate opal diffuser and
• Pattress fits flush over surface conduit and BESA box optional attractive and functional die cast grille and pattress, as JSB
• Geartray retained by screws DRG range, part no. ___________
• Diffuser retained by allen key security screws
• Supplied complete with lamp PHOTOMETRIC DATA
OPTIONS 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
Luminaire Mounting 0.5L
• EasiCheck addressable testing type height (m) 0.5L
0.5L
0.5L
• Central system combined mains/slave versions

• Optional die cast grille and pattress accessory Slave

AC/DC 2.5 3.6 9.5 9.5 3.6 3.2 10.3 10.3 3.2
4.0 3.9 10.5 10.5 3.9 3.7 12.0 12.0 3.7
6.0 3.2 10.8 10.8 3.2 3.8 14.0 14.0 3.8
AC/AC 2.5 5.5 13.6 13.6 5.5 4.7 15.4 15.4 4.7
4.0 6.4 16.4 16.4 6.4 5.7 18.2 18.2 5.7
6.0 7.0 18.4 18.4 7.0 6.4 20.7 20.7 6.4
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

110V AC/DC Combined mains/slave DRG110 2.50
DRG with grille and pattress kit Pattress kit, detailing channels 230V AC Mains slave DRG28230 2.50
for surface conduit
Die cast grille and pattress kit DRGACCKIT 2.00
WEATHERLITE
• IP65, vandal resistant polycarbonate construction Weatherlite is a popular, traditional weatherproof luminaire,
which can be used for exterior and interior projects.
• Rapid installation, first fix base with plug-in
Constructed from sturdy polycarbonate, Weatherlite features
geartray
a time saving first fix base plate and plug-in geartray, ideal for
• Sustained operation version convenient maintenance. Tamper resistant screws retaining
the diffuser allow the unit to be confidently employed in public
• Optional semi-recessing bezel
areas. A wide choice of standard options includes a sustained
• Legend kit available operation version, ideal for the lighting of walkways in housing
complexes, whilst a semi-recessing bezel accessory is
• EasiCheck and CeaGuard options
available to further enhance the appearance of Weatherlite.
73

MATERIALS
• Semi-recessing flanged bezel attachment
• Base - polycarbonate, grey finish
• Diffuser - opal polycarbonate SPECIFICATION
• Recessing bezel - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal
resistant emergency luminaire, polycarbonate base with BESA and
conduit entries, plug-in geartray and tamper resistant opal diffuser,
INSTALLATION NOTES as Menvier Weatherlite range, part no. ___________
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting
• First fix base plate with heavy duty connector PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• BESA entry on rear, facility for conduit entry on one end
• Plug-in geartray, retained by single screw Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
• Diffuser retained by allen key screws Luminaire Mounting Lux level 0.5L 0.5L
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp type height (m) directly 0.5L
0.5L
under
Slave
DIMENSIONS AC/DC 2.5 3.68 2.6 7.2 6.4 2.4 2.3 8.6 7.1 2.2
4.0 1.43 2.0 7.2 6.6 1.8 2.5 9.8 8.4 2.1
W 6.0 0.64 - - - - 1.5 10.0 9.0 1.4

W
L
L AC/AC 2.5 5.10 3.1 8.4 6.8 2.5 2.9 9.5 7.3 1.7
4.0 1.90 2.8 8.8 7.6 2.3 3.1 10.9 9.1 1.9
D1
D 6.0 1.00 0.5 8.0 6.8 0.5 2.8 12.3 10.6 1.7
D2
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Style L (mm) W (mm) D/D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm)

Surface mounted 365 125 95 - -
Semi-recessed 390 152 39 56 370 x 135 24V AC/DC Central system slave WL24 1.20
50V AC/DC Central system slave WL50 1.20
230V AC Static inverter system slave WL230 1.20
Accessories Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Semi-recessing mounting bezel WLBEZ 0.05
European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSAM 0.10
Weatherlite with legend

ALFALUX
• IP65, heavy duty vandal resistant construction A die cast aluminium body, virtually unbreakable
polycarbonate diffuser, hinged plug and socket geartray
• Rapid-fit hinged geartray with plug and socket
and high emergency lamp lumens have all contributed
connection
to Alfalux being first choice for public authorities in the
• Heavy duty terminal block UK and overseas. The option of fixing holes outside of the
weatherproof area allow Alfalux to be mounted without the
worry of breaking the IP65 seal, whilst threaded conduit
entries permit easy connection of cables in vulnerable
locations. The sustained version offers additional peace
of mind for public housing walkways and car parks, with a
matching mains only version providing good general
illumination. Self-test versions and a smart semi-recessing
bezel complete a versatile range.
74

MATERIALS
• Base - die cast aluminium, powder coated in Permawhite finish
• Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave, IP65 vandal
• Recessing bezel - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish resistant emergency luminaire, die cast aluminium base with twin BESA
drill-outs, 2 x conduit entries with blanking plugs and screw fixing
holes outside the weatherproof area, hinged geartray with plug and
INSTALLATION NOTES socket terminal block and tamper resistant opal diffuser, as JSB Alfalux
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting range, part no. ________
• Twin BESA entry drill-outs on rear
• 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Direct screw fix option, with fixing holes outside IP65 area
• Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single screw 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
• Plug and socket terminal block, accommodating 3 x 1.5mm2 Luminaire Mounting
0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
type height (m)
or 2 x 2.5mm2 looped cables for through wiring 0.5L
• Diffuser retained by allen key security screws Slave

AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
DIMENSIONS 4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
6.0 - - - - - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 2.5 7.0 6.2 2.2 2.5 8.8 7.0 1.6
W W 4.0 2.3 7.6 6.4 1.8 2.7 9.8 8.4 1.6
L L
6.0 - 7.2 5.8 - 2.5 11.6 9.8 1.5
D1
D D2
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

Style L (mm) W (mm) D/D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) 24V AC/DC Central system slave AF824 2.20
Surface mounted 400 136 95 - - 50V AC/DC Central system slave AF850 2.20
Semi-recessed 443 177 41 60 412 x 144
110V AC/DC Central system slave AF8110 2.20
230V AC Static inverter system slave AF8230 2.20
Mounting bezel Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Semi-recessing mounting bezel AF8FM 0.05
ALFALUX HIGH BAY
• Purpose designed for high mounting heights Designing emergency lighting for areas with high ceilings
poses problems. Conventional bulkheads lack sufficient light
• BSI verified spacing performance
output and often have inappropriate photometric distribution,
• IP65 rated and twin spot projectors are unlikely to provide the 0.5Lux
minimum coverage over the entire core area for open areas as
• Simple to install
required for compliance with standards. Simple to install,
solution suitable for mounting heights up to 10 Metres, with
features such as a hinged geartray and push in wire terminals
for the mains supply.
75

• Ceaguard testing versions
MATERIALS
• Base - Die cast Aluminium, finished in white powder coated paint SPECIFICATION
• Diffuser - clear polycarbonate Slave - High output high performance IP65 rated slave luminaire
• Batteries (self contained versions) - Nickel Cadmium complete with high output control gear and purpose designed reflector
suitable for mounting heights of up to 10 Metres. Cast Aluminium base
and heavy duty clear diffuser as JSB part number ___________
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Suitable for ceiling mounting
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
• Designed for mounting heights of 6 - 10M
• Twin BESA entry drill-outs on rear
• 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
• Direct screw fix option, with fixing holes outside IP65 area
230V AC Slave HL8230 2.50

• Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single thumb screw
• Terminal block, accommodating push in wiring (solid or stranded Slave CEAG compatible HL8230CG 2.50
cables)
• Diffuser retained by allen key security screws
DIMENSIONS
W
L
L (mm) W (mm) D (mm)

400 136 95
AG BULKHEAD
• Competitive and versatile range AG Bulkhead is a competitively priced exterior emergency
bulkhead that does not compromise on quality. The compact
• Weatherproof, heavy duty vandal resistant
and tough die cast construction, vandal resistant diffuser,
construction
IP65 weatherproof rating and time saving installation features
• Matching 11W PL mains version make AG excellent value for money for a variety of
applications, from public buildings and car parks to industrial
• Tamper resistant diffuser
facilities. A high output mains version, using an 11W PL lamp,
• EasiCheck options allows this versatile luminaire to also be used for the general
lighting of circulation areas, both exterior and interior, such as
stairwells. A useful semi-recessing trim plate enhances the
appearance of the AG range when mounted into canopies or
in corridors.
76

• 11W TC-S compact fluorescent, 3500°K - G23 cap • Central system slave versions
• Semi-recessing trim plate accessory
MATERIALS
• Base - die cast aluminium, powder coated in Permawhite finish
• Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system
• Recessing trim plate - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish compatible slave, IP65 vandal resistant emergency luminaire, die cast
aluminium base with BESA drill-out, 2 x conduit entries with blanking
plugs, hinged geartray with plug and socket terminal block and tamper
INSTALLATION NOTES resistant opal diffuser, as JSB AG Bulkhead range, part no.___________
• BESA entry drill-out on rear PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• 20mm conduit entry on each end, with blanking plugs Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
• Geartray hinged, retained in closed position by single screw 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
Luminaire Mounting
• Diffuser retained by allen key security screws type height (m) 0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
• Supplied complete with lamp
Slave
AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
DIMENSIONS 4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
6.0 - - - - - - - -
W W AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.0 6.0 2.2 2.8 9.8 7.0 1.5
L L
4.0 2.3 7.8 6.6 1.8 2.7 10.8 8.4 1.7
D1 6.0 - 6.8 5.6 - 2.4 11.8 9.9 1.4
D D2
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Style L (mm) W (mm) D/D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
Semi-recessed 430 150 27 63 380 x 102 24V AC/DC Central system slave AG824 1.50
50V AC/DC Central system slave AG850 1.50
110V AC/DC Central system slave AG8110 1.50
230V AC Static inverter system slave AG8230 1.50
CeaGuard Slave AG8230CG 0.90
Trim plate Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Semi-recessing trim plate AG8FM 0.05
NEW SAFE 8
• Competitive range Suitable for both exterior and interior applications, New Safe 8
represents excellent value for money. Full third party
• Easy to install, with snap-on lens
approvals, via the BSI Kitemark and ICEL registration
• IP65 polycarbonate construction schemes, provide complete peace of mind that quality has
not been compromised. The luminaire is easy to install. New
• Optional semi-recessing bezel
Safe 8 has an attractive, unobtrusive and compact profile that
• Exit legend kit available is suitable for a wide variety of applications, from offices and
hotels to factory units. A semi-recessing bezel accessory is
available to further enhance the appearance of this popular
• Available in AC/DC and AC mains slave versions luminaire.
77

MATERIALS
• Body and gear cover - polycarbonate, white finish
• Lens - clear polycarbonate with linear prisms SPECIFICATION
• Recessing bezel - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system
compatible slave, IP65 emergency luminaire, with polycarbonate
base and snap-on linear prisms lens, as Menvier New Safe 8 range,
INSTALLATION NOTES part no. ___________
• BESA entry drilling template on rear PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• Cable entries rear and end
• Lens snap-fits into position 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp Luminaire Mounting Lux level
0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
under
DIMENSIONS Slave
AC/DC 2.5 4.43 2.8 8.2 6.8 2.6 2.8 9.2 7.2 2.3
W W 4.0 1.73 2.6 8.0 7.3 2.2 2.8 11.2 8.9 2.5
L L 6.0 0.77 - - - - 2.3 11.0 9.8 2.1

D1
AC/AC 2.5 6.10 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.8 3.0 10.1 7.4 1.9
D D2 4.0 2.30 3.0 9.4 8.2 2.8 3.3 11.9 9.5 2.1
6.0 1.10 1.2 8.8 7.8 1.0 3.1 13.4 11.1 2.0
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Style L (mm) W (mm) D/D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm)
Surface mounted 325 90 82 - - System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
Semi-recessed 358 113 47 35 331 x 86
CeaGuard slave NS8230CG 0.90
24V AC/DC Central system slave NS824 0.90
230V AC Static inverter system slave NS8S230 0.90

Semi-recessing mounting bezel NSR 0.05
NS8 legend kit European format self-adhesive legend kit LEXSAS 0.10
ZETA II
• Competitive IP65 weatherproof range Zeta II continues to be popular for many types of installations.
The shallow, unobtrusive profile neatly blends into any
• Shallow and unobtrusive profile
environment and is further enhanced by the semi-recessing
• Simple first fix base with removable geartray trim plate. Competitively priced, Zeta II has full BSI Kitemark
and ICEL approvals as well as an IP65 weatherproof rating.
• Exit legend kit available
• EasiCheck central addressable options
78

MATERIALS
• Base - flame retardant ABS, white finish
• Diffuser - linear reeded clear polycarbonate SPECIFICATION
• Geartray - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish Slave - To specify state: Central system compatible slave,
• Recessing trim plate - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish IP65 emergency luminaire, with ABS base, clip-in geartray
and polycarbonate clip-on diffuser, as JSB Zeta II range,
part no. ___________
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting PHOTOMETRIC DATA
• BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries on ends Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
• Geartray and diffuser clip into position. Removal requires tool to 1 lux min 0.5 lux min
release clips Luminaire

type
Mounting
height (m) 0.5L
0.5L 0.5L
• Supplied complete with 1 x 8W lamp 0.5L
Slave
DIMENSIONS AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.2 6.0 2.3 2.6 7.4 5.3 2.1
4.0 1.0 7.0 6.7 1.9 2.5 7.5 6.3 2.3
W W 6.0 - - - - 1.8 7.0 6.6 1.8
L
L AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.4 6.0 2.6 2.9 10.9 7.0 1.5
D1
4.0 2.9 8.4 7.6 2.6 2.9 11.8 8.7 1.9
D D2 6.0 0.5 8.2 7.4 0.5 2.9 11.8 10.5 1.9
Style L (mm) W (mm) D/D1 (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm) CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Semi-recessed 390 132 31 44 345 x 85
24V AC/DC Central system slave ZE824 0.90
230V AC Static inverter system slave ZE8230 0.90

Semi-recessing mounting bezel ZE8FM 0.10
Zeta II legend kit European format self-adhesive legend kit ZELK 0.05
BRITESIGN
• Latest LED technology - 50,000 hour life, up to 10 The latest LED technology is combined with patented
times longer than 8W lamps pictogram technology to create the stylish Britesign range.
Constructed from steel, Britesign is ideal for public areas.
• Ultra slim profile - only 50mm deep
A choice of colour finishes, including plated satin chrome,
• Robust construction permits easy integration with any décor, including prestigious
applications. Britesign uses high intensity LED’s with a rated
• White, dark grey or satin chrome finish
life of at least 50,000 hours. This compares with a 5,000-
• Uniform luminance legend panel 8,000 hour life for conventional 8W lamps, resulting in
outstanding savings in lamp replacement and labour costs.
• Fully compliant with EN 1838
The luminaire body and front trim/legend assembly are
• Provides useful threshold downlight supplied separately to aid designer choice.
79
White finish Dark grey finish Profile of Britesign

BRITESIGN
• 2 x 1W high intensity white LED • Choice of legend pictograms and trim colour finish combinations
• Intellem self test
MATERIALS
• Central static inverter system versions
• Body - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish • CeaGuard testing versions
• Trim/legend assembly - steel, powder coated in Permawhite or
textured dark grey finish, or electro-plated in satin chrome finish
• Legend panel (pre-fitted to trim) - clear acrylic with variable pitch SPECIFICATION
dot, screen print Static inverter slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Static
inverter system compatible slave, robust, shallow profile emergency
exit sign luminaire, fully compliant with EN 1838, first fix base
INSTALLATION NOTES incorporating BESA and conduit entries. Trim/legend assembly,
• Suitable for wall mounting fitted with variable dot pitch pictogram, edge lit by ultra long life
• First fix body with 3 x 20mm entries LED light source, with white/textured dark grey/satin chrome trim
• BESA entry on rear, or direct screw fix via keyhole slots, finish, as Menvier Britesign range, part no. ___________
conduit entry at top 20mm knockouts at top and sides
• Can be set to operate as maintained or non-maintained MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
• Maintained requires addition of a switched live supply
• Trim/legend assembly (order separately) screw fixed to base
80 • Trim/legend assembly supplied with pre-mounted LED light source
and chosen legend pictogram fitted
30 metres
DIMENSIONS
50mm
380mm
275mm
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

Britesign luminaire body - order trim/legend assembly separately
230V AC Static inverter system slave BSS230 1.30
CeaGuard Slave BSS230CG 1.30
Trim colour finish

Trim/legend assembly Pictogram White Dark Grey Satin Chrome Weight (kg)
Order luminaire body separately
Down arrow BSWAD BSGAD BSCAD 1.75
Left arrow BSWAL BSGAL BSCAL 1.75
Right arrow BSWAR BSGAR BSCAR 1.75
81
BSI Hemel Hempstead

Britesign
BRITE EDGE
• Latest LED technology - 50,000 hour life, Brite Edge is an unobtrusive recessed exit sign utilising the
up to 10 times longer than 8W lamps latest LED technology to provide a highly reliable ultra low
maintenance, smart, recessed exit sign for prestigious
• Fully meets EN 1838
applications. The dual LEDs provide excellent uniform
• Suitable for solid or suspended ceilings illumination of the legend and offer a typical working life
of 50,000 hours, many times that of a fluorescent lamp.
• Compatible with EasiCheck system
Installation is simple into either solid or suspended ceilings
• Available with self test due to the innovative rotating fixing arms and a suspension
spring system for ease of legend retention. Self test versions
• Concealed cover fixings
use light measuring technology to verify the actual light output
of the individual LED’s during testing.
82

• 2 x 1W High intensity white LED • Choice of trim plate colour
• Static inverter slave version
MATERIALS
• Choice of legends
• Body - Steel powder coated in permawhite finish • CeaGuard testing versions
• Trim – Steel powder coated in a choice of colours
• Legend panel clear acrylic with variable dot pitch screen print
SPECIFICATION
Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self testing/Static inverter
INSTALLATION NOTES compatible slave recessed edgelit exit sign utilising dual white LEDs
• Can be installed into solid or suspended ceilings with a design life of at least 50,000 hours. Metal body suitable for
• Body is retained into ceiling by 4 suspension arms which are use in solid or suspended ceiling types, luminaire retention to utilise
retracted into the luminaire body prior to installation but rotate retractable side arms. Legend illumination to be fully compliant with
outwards into position as the fixing screws are tightened requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with
• Legend panel ordered separately EN 60598-2-22 as Menvier Brite Edge range part no. ___________
• Trim secured to body by concealed wishbone springs
MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
DIMENSIONS
120mm 381mm
30 metres
75mm
186mm
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode White Trim Plate Silver Trim Plate Weight (kg) Legend panel Pictogram Cat. No. Weight (kg)
230V AC static inverter system slave BE230 BE230S 1.50 Down arrow BEAD 0.60
CeaGuard Slave BE230CG BE230SCG 1.50 Left arrow BEAL 0.60
Right arrow BEAR 0.60
BRITEBLADE
• Fully meets EN 1838 JSB Briteblade has similar styling and construction to the
Brite Edge but incorporates a traditional fluorescent light
• Metal body construction
source and has a smaller overall height, making it ideal for
• Suitable for single or doubled-sided use applications with limited headroom. Installation is simple into
either solid or suspended ceilings due to the innovative
• Suitable for solid or suspended ceilings
rotating fixing arms that allow the fitting to pass easily into the
• Compatible with EasiCheck system mounting aperture on solid ceilings and a suspension spring
system for ease of legend retention.
83
White finish
BRITEBLADE
• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 • Choice of trimplate colour
• Central system slave (AC/DC or static inverter)
MATERIALS
• Body - Steel powder coated in permawhite finish
• Trim - Steel powder coated in a choice of colours
SPECIFICATION
• Legend panel clear acrylic with pre applied screen print legend
Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self testing/central system
compatible slave, recessed edgelit exit sign with metal body suitable
INSTALLATION NOTES for use in solid or suspended ceiling types. Luminaire retention to
• Can be installed into solid or suspended ceilings utilise retractable side arms. Legend illumination to be fully compliant
• Body is retained into ceiling by 4 suspension arms which are with requirements of EN 1838 and product to be fully compliant with
retracted into the luminaire body prior to installation but rotate EN 60598-2-22 as JSB Briteblade range part no. ___________
outwards into position as the fixing screws are tightened
• Legend is ordered separately MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
DIMENSIONS
120mm
24 metres
351mm
84
75mm
146mm
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode White Trim Plate Silver Trim Plate Weight (kg)
24V AC/DC central system slave BB24 BB24S 1.60
230V AC static inverter system slave BB230 BB230S 1.60
CeaGuard slave BB230CG BB230CGS 1.60
Legend panel Pictogram Cat. No. Weight (kg)
Single sided panel. Down arrow LUCADS 0.35
Double sided panel. Left and right arrow LUCALR 0.35
Double sided panel. Down arrow LUCAD 0.35
EVOLED
• 60,000 hour LED light source Menvier Evoled combines the long life and low maintenance
benefits of LED technology with energy efficient operation and
• Fully complies with EN 1838
prestigious styling to produce an exit sign suitable for almost
• Long life LED technology any application. Available in a choice of either white or silver
colour finishes, Evoled is quick and simple to assemble with
a snap together design incorporating a self locking clip in
legend panel. Reliable operation is assured by the long life
LED light source.
85
LAMP OPTIONS MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE

• 1 x 1W high output high efficiency side emitting white LED
24 metres
MATERIALS
• Cover and base: polycarbonate
• Legend Panel: PMMA with pre applied legend
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Screwless snap together assembly
• Legend panel has a self locking mechanism to prevent malicious
removal
• Push in connectors for mains supply cables

• Static inverter slave version
• Choice of colour finishes System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
230V AC slave White ICS230

230V AC slave Silver ICS230S
SPECIFICATION
CeaGuard White ICS230CG
Slave - To specify state: Compact stylish edgelit exit sign using
CeaGuard Silver ICS230SCG
LED technology and fully compliant with EN 1838. Minimum viewing
distance of 24 metres and complete with self retaining clip in
Legend panels Pictogram Cat. No.
Legend as Menvier Evoled range part no. ___________
Double sided panel. Down arrow ICAD
DIMENSIONS Single sided panel. Down arrow ICADS
Double sided panel. Left and right arrow ICALR
120mm
190mm
267mm
SAFE EDGE
• Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting The ever popular Safe Edge has been fully restyled and
redesigned to make it ideal for use in modern prestigious
• Legend panel pivots for use on walls or sloping
applications. The new design retains popular features such
ceilings
as the universal legend arrangement, which pivots through a
• Slim modern profile full 90 degrees making the product suitable for mounting on
walls, flat ceilings and even sloping ceilings.
• Quick and easy to install
To maximise versatility, concealed surface cable entry
• Accepts surface or concealed wiring facilities have been added, along with the existing full rear
BESA cable facilities. Available in white or silver finish.
• Available in a choice of colours
The fitting provides clear direction along with good aesthetic
appearance, making it suitable for use in a very wide range of
applications.
86
Silver finish
SAFE EDGE
• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 • Choice of white or silver finish
MATERIALS
• Body - Flame retardant ABS
• Legend panel - clear acrylic with pre applied legends
SPECIFICATION
Slave - To specify state: Edge-lit, emergency sign suitable for either
INSTALLATION NOTES wall or ceiling mounting, finished in white/silver, legend panel to be
• Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting fully compliant with EN 1838 illumination requirements as Menvier Safe
• Legend panel rotates through 90° Edge part number ___________
• Rear BESA entry
• Break out section for surface side entry MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
• Clip together assembly
• Supplied c/w 1 x 8W lamp
• Legend panel ordered separately 24 metres
DIMENSIONS
150mm 348mm
348mm
87
48mm
150mm
135mm
48mm
135mm
Ceiling mounted Wall mounted
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode White Finish Silver Finish Weight (kg)

CeaGuard slave NSED230CG NSEDS230CG 1.60
24V AC/DC Central system slave NSED24 - 1.60
230V AC Static inverter system slave NSED230 NSEDS230 1.60
Legend panels Pictogram Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Single sided panel. Down arrow LUCADS 0.35
Double sided panel. Left and right arrow LUCALR 0.35
Double sided panel. Down arrow LUCAD 0.35
RECESSED SAFE EDGE
• Unobtrusive flush mounted design Designed for use in prestigious locations, Recessed Safe
Edge is suitable for flush mounting into both solid and
• Choice of chrome, gold or white finish
suspended ceilings. Installation time is kept to a minimum
• Quick and easy installation thanks to a separate recessing frame which has adjustable
fixing clamps. The body is then simply clipped into position
• Superb, uniformly lit legend panel
after connection of the supply cables, followed by insertion
• EasiCheck and CeaGuard options of the lamp and legend panel and finally the clip-on cover.
The legend panel itself is constructed with an advanced
technology variable density prism honeycomb inside, evenly
distributing light to meet fully the requirements of EN1838.
Chrome, gold or white colour finishes ensure Recessed Safe
Edge will blend into any interior.
88
Chrome finish Gold finish

RECESSED SAFE EDGE
MATERIALS
• Choice of legend panels
• Body, recessing frame and gear cover - flame retardant ABS,
self coloured white finish/gold or chrome coated finish
SPECIFICATION
• Legend panel - acrylic with variable density prism honeycomb
Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave,
recessed edge-lit emergency sign, fast fit body, finished
INSTALLATION NOTES white/chrome/gold, and legend panels with variable density prisms,
• Suitable for flush mounting into ceiling fully compliant with EN 1838, as Menvier Recessed Safe Edge range,
• Recessing frame secured by adjustable clamps or screw fixed part no. _______
• Front access only is required to install luminaire body
• BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries rear and end MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
• Connect supply then clip body into frame
• Lamp inserted into extruded channel on legend panel
(ordered separately) 27 metres
• Cover plate clips onto frame and internal cradle moulding supports
panel
89
DIMENSIONS
W L
D1
D2
L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) D2 (mm) Cut out (mm)

407 150 85 145 364x112
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode White Finish Chrome Finish Gold Finish Weight (kg)
CeaGuard slave RSE230CG RSE230CGCH RSE230CGGD 1.00
24V AC/DC Central system slave RSE24 RSE24CH RSE24GD 1.00
230V AC Static inverter system slave RSES230 RSES230CH RSES230GD 1.00

Single sided panel. Down arrow SEDS 0.45
Double sided panel. Left and right arrow SEDLR 0.45
Double sided panel. Down arrow SEDDSS 0.45
ROYALUX
• Classical styling Royalux offers the latest automatic testing and legend
technology, but without losing the popular traditional styling.
• Choice of luxury brass and chrome plate finish
The high lustre brass or chrome plated finish and elegant
• Patented uniform luminance legend panel bevelled design make Royalux ideal for prestigious locations,
such as hotels, boardrooms and theatres. To this is added a
• Adjustable chain suspension
patented variable pitch dot, screen printed legend panel.
• Optional suspension tube kit included
• EasiCheck options
90
Royalux mounted using

suspension tubes

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 • Intellem self test
MATERIALS
• Body and mounting plate - steel aluminium frame, cover with brass • CeaGuard testing versions
or chrome plating. ABS end caps
• Suspension chain and tubes - steel with brass or chrome plate
• Legend panel - clear acrylic with patented variable pitch dot, SPECIFICATION
screen print Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave,
edge-lit emergency sign, with adjustable suspension chain,
brass/chrome finish and legend panels with variable pitch dot
INSTALLATION NOTES screen printing, fully compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Royalux range,
• Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting part no. _______
• Mounting plate direct screw fixed with rear cable entry
• 2 x 1000mm chain links supplied, adjustable on site MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
• Optional suspension tube kit included
• Power supply cable linking body to mounting plate supplied
• Legend locates onto pegs behind cover plate of body 27 metres
• Cover plate screws onto body obscuring fixings
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
System Mode Brass Finish Chrome Finish Weight (kg)

24V AC/DC Central system slave RLX24 RLX24CH 1.70
230V AC Static inverter system slave RLX230 RLX230CH 1.70
CeaGuard Slave RLX230CG RLX230CHCG 1.70
DIMENSIONS W
Down arrow - single sided MAAD 0.75
D1
Left arrow - single sided MAAL 0.75 L (mm) W (mm) D1 (mm) D2 (mm)
Right arrow - single sided MAAR 0.75 360 55 122 min - 1087 max 291
D2
L
MANHATTAN
• Modern sculptured profile Contemporary styling and traditional materials are blended
together perfectly to produce the attractive Manhattan range
• Premium quality extruded aluminium body
of pendant exit signs. High quality aluminium extrusions lend
• Convenient first fix mounting box the luminaire a distinctive, sculptured appearance which is
suitable for a wide variety of interiors and applications, from
• Patented uniform luminance legend panel
offices to hotels. Manhattan also benefits from a modern,
• EasiCheck central addressable self-test options curved legend panel that incorporates a patented variable
pitch dot, screen printing process, which ensures compliance
with European luminance and uniformity standards. A remote
mounting box offers the convenience of quick first fix and
simplified installation and can be installed onto ceilings or
walls.
91

MATERIALS
• Body - extruded aluminium powder coated in white finish,
with flame retardant ABS end caps SPECIFICATION
• Mounting box - steel mounting plate, with flame retardant ABS Slave - To specify state: Central system slave, edge-lit emergency sign,
cover with adjustable suspensions, extruded aluminium body and legend
• Legend panel - clear acrylic with patented variable pitch dot, panels with variable pitch dot screen printing, fully compliant with
screen print EN 1838, as JSB Manhattan range, part no. __________
INSTALLATION NOTES MAXIMUM VIEWING DISTANCE
• Suitable for wall or ceiling mounting

• Mounting plate direct screw fixed, with rear cable entry. 32 metres
Cover clips over base plate
• Supplied with 4 core cable connecting body to mounting plate,
adjustable for length on site
• Legend locates onto pegs inside body
• Body sections lock together via screwed end cap
CATALOGUE NUMBERS

24V AC/DC Central system slave MA824 2.10
DIMENSIONS
230V AC Static inverter system slave MA8230 2.10 L
W
L (mm) W (mm) D1 (mm) D2 (mm)
Legend panels Pictogram Cat. No. Weight (kg) D1
390 68 61 min - 560 max 290
Down arrow - single sided MAAD 0.75
Left arrow - single sided MAAL 0.75
Right arrow - single sided MAAR 0.75 D2
WAYLITE 800
• Unique dual function downlight and exit sign Designed specifically in response to the latest EN 1838
standard, Waylite 800 has the unique combination of a
• Superior optical design
powerful downlight and evenly illuminated exit legend panel,
• Vandal resistant polycarbonate construction both served from the same light source. The downlight optic
provides an exceptionally high level of threshold light over the
• Internal, evenly illuminated legend panel
surrounding floor area, minimising the quantity of additional
• Supplied with universal legend kit emergency luminaires required. Simultaneously, the base
mounted lamp is used to back light the exit legend, via an
• EasiCheck options
ingenious ribbed legend mounting plate that collects and
evenly redirects the light over the entire legend surface.
Constructed in vandal resistant polycarbonate, Waylite 800
is designed to provide long term reliable service.
92

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave,
back lit emergency sign, for wall mounting, with powerful threshold
downlight, ribbed legend mounting plate and universal legend kit, fully
MATERIALS
compliant with EN 1838, as JSB Waylite 800 range, part no. _______
• Base - polycarbonate, white finish
• Legend mounting plate - ribbed polycarbonate, opal finish
• Diffuser - clear polycarbonate
25 metres
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Suitable for wall mounting
• Direct screw fix. Cable entry on top or drilled on site
• Geartray locates into groove and clips into position.
Retained by single screw
• Universal legend kit supplied for application to legend mounting
plate, which clips inside diffuser
• Diffuser retained by screw and clips
OPTIONS
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
• CeaGuard testing versions System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
DIMENSIONS 50V AC/DC Central system slave WL80050 1.55
75mm
380mm 110V AC/DC Central system slave WL800110 1.55
230V AC Static inverter system slave WL800230 1.55
180mm CeaGuard Slave WL800230CG 1.55

NEW SAFE EX
• Attractive modern styling New Safe Ex is a popular choice for many installations.
Offering excellent value for money, it can be quickly installed
• Easy and fast to install
thanks to time saving features such as BESA piercings,
• Competitive, value for money product keyhole screw fixings, clip out cable entry and a removable,
hinged geartray. The legend panel has been thoughtfully
• Uniformly lit legend, compliant with EN 1838
designed to slide in from below, permitting installation close
• Fresnel lens downlight panel to the ceiling or adjacent walls. The light source also provides
excellent threshold lighting, thanks to a high quality fresnel
lens downlight panel.
93

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Intelligent self-testing/Central system slave,
back-lit emergency sign, with hinged removable geartray,
fresnel downlight lens and slide in legend panel, fully compliant with
MATERIALS
EN 1838, as Menvier New Safe Ex range, part no. __________
• Body - steel, powder coated in RAL9010 finish,
with polycarbonate end caps
• Legend panel - acrylic
30 metres
INSTALLATION NOTES
• BESA entry on rear, or direct screw fix via keyhole slots
• Additional top cable entry, with clip out grommet
• Removable gear tray clips into body, hinges and locates
via locking tabs
• Legend panel (ordered separately) slides in from bottom
OPTIONS
• EasiCheck addressable testing CATALOGUE NUMBERS
• CeaGuard testing versions System Mode Cat. No. Weight (kg)
• Choice of legend panels CeaGuard slave SX230CG 2.10
24V AC/DC Central system slave SX24 2.10
DIMENSIONS
50V AC/DC Central system slave SX50 2.10
75mm
402mm 110V AC/DC Central system slave SX110 2.10
230V AC Static inverter system slave SXS8230 2.10
184mm Legend panels Pictogram Cat. No. Weight (kg)

Down arrow - single sided PEXD 0.10
Left arrow - single sided PEXL 0.10
Right arrow - single sided PEXR 0.10
ZED
• Competitively priced double sided exit sign ZED is an easy to install, cost effective answer to projects
requiring a double sided exit sign solution. Manufactured from
• Easy to install
hard wearing, resilient polycarbonate and ABS, the luminaire
• Internal, tamper resistant legend panels has the benefit of a removable geartray for easy installation
and rapid future maintenance and a clip-on diffuser. The
• Supplied with universal legend kits
standard decorative skirt attachment lends a modern, sleek
• EasiCheck central addressable self-test options wedge profile appearance to the luminaire. A universal legend
kit is supplied for application to an internally mounted legend
plate, offering scratch and tamper resistance.
• Weatherproof
94

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: IP54 Central system slave, double sided
emergency sign, with decorative skirt, clip-in geartray and diffuser
with internal mounting plates for legend kits, as JSB ZED range,
MATERIALS
part no. __________
• Body and skirt - flame retardant ABS, white finish
• Diffuser - clear polycarbonate
• Legend mounting plate - flame retardant PVC
22 metres
INSTALLATION NOTES
• BESA entry drill-outs on rear. Cable entries on ends
• Skirt fitted behind base, fixed when base secured
• Geartray and diffuser clip into position
• Universal legend kit supplied for application to mounting plate
and clipped inside diffuser
OPTIONS
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
DIMENSIONS
24V AC/DC Central system slave ZED824 1.10
380mm 108mm
230V AC Static inverter system slave ZED8230 1.10
CeaGuard Slave ZED8230CG 1.10
180mm
EXIT SE
• Large format, ideal for open plan areas Traditionally styled, Exit SE is a large format exit sign that is
ideally suited to large, open plan areas, such as shopping
• Robust construction
malls, call centres and function rooms. Robustly constructed
• 39 metres viewing distance from steel, the luminaire features a screw fixed frame that
retains the legend panel securely. The exit legend is screen
• Large downlight panel
printed on the inner surface of the panel providing a high
• EasiCheck central addressable option degree of resistance from cleaning abrasion or accidental
scratching. Exit SE is therefore suitable for public spaces
where such damage may occur. Good threshold illumination
is obtained via the large opal downlight panel, offering
improved indication of escape routes during mains power
failure.
95

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Central system slave, back-lit, large format
emergency sign, with large downlight panel and 39m viewing distance
legends, as JSB Exit SE range, part no. __________
MATERIALS
• Body and gear cover - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish
• Legend panel - clear acrylic with rear screen printing
• Downlight panel - opal polycarbonate
39 metres
INSTALLATION NOTES
• Direct screw fix, cable entry knock-outs on rear, ends and top
• Screw fixed gear cover
• Front frame retained by screws on side of body
• Legend panel (ordered separately), locates inside frame
OPTIONS

CATALOGUE NUMBERS
DIMENSIONS
65mm
482mm 50V AC/DC Central system slave SE850 2.10
110V AC/DC Central system slave SE8110 2.10
230V AC Static inverter system slave SE8230 2.10
238mm

Down arrow - single sided SEAD 0.10
Left arrow - single sided SEAL 0.10
Right arrow - single sided SEAR 0.10
LEGENDLITE
• Value for money exit sign Legendlite is an attractive, low cost exit sign, that represents
outstanding value for money. Constructed from sheet steel,
the luminaire is post painted with a powder coated finish,
• Neat design making it easy to clean and with no sharp edges. The simple
design is easy to install, including the choice of legend panels
• Downlight feature
which slide into position from below and are retained by a
• Choice of legend panels screw fixed base plate on the housing. Legendlite is the
perfect cost effective solution for a wide range of open area
• Excellent viewing distance
and escape route applications.
96

• 8W T5 fluorescent, 3500°K - G5 cap T5 Slave - To specify state: Slave exit sign luminaire with metal body,
screen printed legend panel and integral downlight element.
MATERIALS Legend panel to be bottom entry for ease of installation near walls,
as JSB part number __________
• Body - steel, powder coated in Permawhite finish
• Legend panel - screen printed acrylic
INSTALLATION NOTES
30 metres
• Direct screw fix, cable entry on rear top or sides
• Legend panel (ordered separately), retained by screw on
bottom panel
OPTIONS
• EasiCheck versions available
DIMENSIONS
70mm 360mm CATALOGUE NUMBERS

184mm 24V AC/DC slave LEX24 1.60
50V AC/DC slave LEX50 1.60
110V AC/DC slave LEX110 1.60
Static inverter system slave LEX230 1.60

Down arrow - single sided PEXD 0.10
Left arrow - single sided PEXL 0.10
Right arrow - single sided PEXR 0.10
ACM1 - 230V AC CONVERSIONS
• Simple single or multiple luminaire control Discreet emergency lighting, without purchasing and installing
additional luminaires can be achieved by utilising suitable,
• Controls up to 750VA standard mains luminaires operated via a static inverter
• Ultra compact profile for ease of integration system. Normally there is a requirement for local switching
under normal mains healthy conditions. ACM1 modules
• Meets switching thresholds of EN 60598-2-22
automatically override this during a mains failure, providing
• Rated to switch 480V failsafe illumination of the emergency luminaires. Easy to use,
the module is ultra compact allowing easy integration into
• EasiCheck self-test system compatible versions
luminaires chosen for emergency operation from a 230V AC
static inverter system. Alternatively it can be mounted in a
remote enclosure to control a load of up to 750VA, if fed from
a common switched mains supply. Rated to switch 480V,
the ACM1 delivers reliable, high integrity performance.
98
MATERIALS OPTIONS
• Module case - polycarbonate, white finish • EasiCheck addressable testing system compatible versions
available.
• Remote box - galvanised steel
SPECIFICATION
INSTALLATION NOTES To specify state: Static inverter system control module for fluorescent
• Suitable for fitting integral to host luminaire, where electro-magnetic lamps, in low profile case, providing changeover from switched mains
test results permit supply to emergency supply, with 480V switch rating and conforming
• Modules can control single or multiple luminaires to switching thresholds of EN 60598-2-22, controlling individual
• A maximum load of 750VA can be controlled by one module, luminaires or multiple loads up to 750 VA, for use with 230V AC/AC
providing all luminaires are fed from the same switched supply in static inverter systems, as Menvier Active Control Module range,
mains healthy mode part no. ACM1
• Requires unswitched mains supply
• Heavy duty terminals
• Remote mounting box available (order separately) DIMENSIONS
• Changeover device can switch 480V, permitting feed from inverter
and local switched supply to be on different phases
• Operates luminaire at full lumen output. When performing
L
photometric designs the K and S lumen reduction factors of
0.95 and 0.85 respectively should be applied. See page 101 for
Design Guide
99
D
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
W
Active Control Module ACM1 0.30 Description L (mm) W (mm) D (mm) Fixing Centres (mm)
(max load 750VA)
Module 158 38 33 147
Remote enclosure FMENCA 0.60 Remote box 285 100 55 -
TYPICAL ACM1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
*Must be Fire Rated Cable!*
230V AC EL Supply Emergency Lighting

Switched Mains Distribution Board
Light Supply 230V AC only 1 L L 6
2 N N 5
Switch 3 N N 4
EL Supply Indicator
4 L ACM1 L 3
5 L 2
6 N 1 Output to Emergency Static Inverter
Light - 3A Max System 230V AC
Output
Mains Un - Switched Mains
Lighting Supply 230V AC only
Distribution
Board *Must be Fire Rated Cable!*
Mains Only Combined Mains, Emergency Mains Only Combined Mains, Emergency
ACM1 230V AC CONVERSIONS

New Safe 8
Scottish Environment Protection Agency
102
EMERGENCY DESIGN GUIDE
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS THE FIRE SAFETY ORDER 2005
The main reason for installing an emergency lighting system is to (England and Wales with equivalent legislation covering
enable the building to meet fire safety legislation in a way that is Scotland and Northern Ireland)
visually acceptable and meets the user’s needs for ease of operation
These items of legislation replace the Fire Precautions act 1997 and
and maintenance. Consequently it is important to establish all the
are the laws by which the UK enforces the European Workplace
relevant legal requirements for emergency lighting and fire alarm
Directive
systems before commencing the design. These should ideally be
agreed between the system designer, user, fire authority, building This new legislation requires that all premises must be safeguared from
control officer and system installer. fire by appropriate fire safety precautions.
The main legislative requirements are: • This must be demonstated by the responsible person for the
premises (normally the employer) conducting a fire safety risk
THE BUILDING REGULATIONS 2000 - 2005 edition assessment. If the site has 5 or more employees then the risk
assessment must be kept as a formal record for inspection by
(England and Wales with equivalent legislation covering the Fire Authority.
Scotland and Northern Ireland)
• The Assessment replaces fire certificates which are now no
The main changes regarding emergency lighting in the 2005 edition longer valid
are that designers are reminded that when finished and put into use,
the building will have to have satifactory fire precautions to meet the
hazards identified by the fire risk assessment required by the Fire Main points in the guide are:
Safety Order • That the law now covers all premises that have employees or are
visited by members of the public. (Previously Fire certificates did
not cover small premises)
103
The building regulations detail the design and construction
characteristics of a building. Approved Document B details the fire • Emergency lighting should by upgraded to meet the current
safety requirements for new buildings and the major refurbishment of standards (Previously a premises did not have to be upgraded
existing premises. Table 9 of this document shows the locations that when standards improved, now those engineered to previous
must be provided with emergency lighting. It now defines that in issues need to be brought up to date)
addition to escape routes, all open areas larger than 60m2 must be
illuminated in the event of the failure of the normal lighting supply.
It also clarifies that emergency lighting is needed for all parts of
schools that either do not have natural light or are used outside
normal school hours. The regulations require that systems comply
with BS 5266-1, the code of practice for emergency lighting.
Step 1 Identify fire hazards - such as sources of ignition, fuel or work processes
Step 2 Identify the location of people at risk in the case of fire
Evaluate the risks to check whether existing fire safety measures are adequate, including:
- Control of ignition and fuel sources
- Fire detection and warning
Step 3 - Means of escape and the provision of emergency lighting
- Means of fighting fire
- Maintenance and testing of fire precautions
- Fire safety training of employees
Step 4 Carry out any improvements needed
Step 5 Record findings and action taken
Step 6 Keep the assessment under review - revise provisions if the situation changes
THE FIRE SAFETY ORDER 2005 (cont’d) OTHER REQUIREMENTS
The Government has produced 11 guides for individual applications to In addition to fire safety legislation, some workplaces require a licence
help employers to conduct their assessments and gives guidance on from the Local Authority, including theatres and cinemas, sport
the safety equipment required . stadiums and premises for public entertainment, music, dancing,
The guides make it clear that occupants have to be protected from gambling and the sale of alcohol. Other premises must be registered
risks in the event of the normal supply failing to assist users they with the Local Authority and be inspected by the Fire Authority,
advise that: including nursing homes, children's homes, residential care homes and
independent schools. Both licensed and registered premises have to
• Emergency lighting is likely to be required where any escape routes pass a fire inspection to confirm that they have systems complying
are internal and without windows or if the premises are used during with BS 5266-1 for the emergency lighting and BS 5839 for fire
darkness (including early darkness in Winter) equipment. Records of a system are now essential to maintain the
• The assessment should cover the location of employees and any validity of approvals and licences.
visitors (including information on those persons with disabilities)
to the site to assist in determining the areas requiring emergency
lighting EMERGENCY LIGHTING - SYSTEM DESIGN
• The guidance gives detailed requirements for the suitability of This section provides guidance on system design to meet BS 5266
escape routes and calls for the installation of emergency lighting Parts 1 and 7 and so achieve compliance with legislation
to be in accordance with BS 5266-1
• The evaluation of areas with a fire risk assists when deciding DESIGN OBJECTIVE
which areas need protection, e.g. a school chemical laboratory
BS 5266, when referring to the provision of Escape Lighting in section
104 may be smaller than 60m2 but still need emergency lighting, as
combustible materials and sources of ignition would be present
4.2, requires that when the supply to all or part of the normal lighting in
occupied premises fails, escape lighting is required to fulfil the
• It recommends that advice on the installation should be given by a following function:
competent person who specialises in emergency lighting systems
(a) To indicate clearly and unambiguously the escape routes.
• Continued maintenance and testing must be correctly carried out,
(b) To provide illumination along such routes to allow safe movement
to comply with the directive
towards and through the exits provided.
• The equipment used must be capable of being demonstrated as of
(c) To ensure that fire alarm call points and fire fighting equipment
adequate quality. Compliance with the appropriate British Standard,
provided along escape routes can be readily located.
or other approved third party scheme, gives evidence of this.
The standard for luminaires is BS EN 60598-2-22. ICEL 1001 (d) To permit operations concerned with safety measures.
registration endorses the spacing data of these luminaires.
The standard for central battery systems is BS EN 50171
BS 5266-1 recommends that discussions should be held prior to
commencing the design, to establish the areas to be covered, the
Note: When the premises are being assessed for risk, shortcomings in
method of operation, the testing regime and the most suitable type of
other areas of fire protection can be compensated for by improved
system. These discussions should include the owner or occupier of the
levels of emergency lighting and fire alarms.
premises, the system designer, the installer, the supplier of the
equipment and the fire authority.
THE HEALTH AND SAFETY (SAFETY SIGNS AND SIGNALS)

Note: BS 5266 will be revised during 2006 following the publication
REGULATIONS 1996 of EN 50172. For up to date information visit our website at
These regulations bring into force the EC Safety Signs Directive www.cooper-ls.com. Alternatively visit the British Standards Institute
(92/58/EEC) on the provision and use of safety signs at work. The website, at www.bsi-global.com
purpose of the Directive is to encourage the standardisation of safety
signs throughout the member states of the European Union so that
safety signs, wherever they are seen, have the same meaning.
The regulations apply to all safety signs including those which provide
directional signage for escape routes.
STAGE 1
LOCATE LUMINAIRES AT MANDATORY “POINTS OF EMPHASIS”
Initial design is conducted by situating luminaires to reveal specific hazards and highlight safety equipment and signs, in addition to providing
illumination to assist safe travel along the escape route. This should be performed regardless of whether it is an emergency escape route or an
open (anti-panic) area. Only when this is accomplished should the type of luminaire or its light output be considered. BS 5266 Pt 7: 1999 requires
that the luminaires sited at points of emphasis must comply with BS EN 60 598-2-22.
Specific locations where a luminaire must be provided are:
105
At each exit door All safety exit signs Outside and near each final exit
Near stairs so that each tread receives direct At each change of direction Near each first aid post
light
Near any other change of floor level At each intersection of corridors Near each piece of fire fighting equipment
and call point
Note - the term near means within 2 metres measured horizontally

STAGE 2
ENSURE THAT EXIT SIGNS ARE OF CORRECT FORMAT AND SIZE
Section 4.1 of BS 5266 Pt 7 states that “Signs which are provided at all exits intended to be used in an emergency and along escape routes shall be
illuminated to indicate unambiguously the route of escape to a point of safety”. Where direct sight of an emergency exit is not possible, an illuminated
directional sign (or series of signs) shall be provided to assist progression towards the emergency exit.
• Sign formats should not be mixed

- BS 2560: 1975
Old-style signs now obsolete. Should have been replaced by
December 1998 EXIT
- BS 5499 Pt 1
Signs are still acceptable, if they are already in the building EXIT
- European Signs Directive Format

106 This came into force on 1st April 1996, under The Signs Directive
If there is any doubt as to the most appropriate format of sign,

guidance should be obtained from the local Fire Authority.
• Maximum viewing distances

For all formats of safety signs, the maximum viewing distances and luminance conditions are given in BS 5266 pt7/EN 1838 Signs can be either
internally illuminated, such as exit boxes or edge lit emergency luminaires with a screened sign that have a controlled illuminance, or painted signs
which includes Photoluminescent signs but to be acceptable they must have an external emergency light illuminating them.
Maximum viewing distances are:

Internally illuminated signs - 200 x the panel height Externally illuminated signs - 100 x the panel height
<200 x h h <100 x h
h
• Illumination requirements
The sign must conform to the colours of ISO 3864, which defines that exit and first aid signs must be white with green as the contrast colour.
The ratio of luminance of the white colour to the green colour must be between 5:1 and 15:1. The minimum luminance of any 10mm patch area on
the sign must be greater than 2cd/m2 and the ratio of maximum to minimum luminance shall be less than 10:1 for either colour
min luminance = 2cd/m2
ratio of luminance shall be

less than 10:1 for either colour
contrast of the colours must be

between 5:1 and 15:1
Note: Internally illuminated exit signs are pre-tested to ensure they meet these requirements, provided that they comply with EN 60598-2-22. If the sign
is designed to be externally illuminated, considerable care must be taken by the system designer to see that these conditions are met. Even though an
emergency luminaire must be sited within 2 metres from the sign (see stage 1) calculations should still be made to check that the sign is adequately
illuminated.
STAGE 3
LOCATE LUMINAIRES AT THE FOLLOWING ESSENTIAL AREAS IN THE BUILDINGS
Locate luminaires at the following essential areas in the buildings.
These locations are not part of the escape route but because of their risk they require protection by emergency lighting. Some of these areas are
specifically defined in BS 5266-1. Others are likely to be hazard areas defined by the risk assessment and being considered as a guidance Standard pr
BS 5266-10
Required by BS 5266-1
a) Lift cars - although only in exceptional b) Toilets - all toilets for the disabled and c) Escalators - to enable users to get off
circumstances will they be part of the facilities exceeding 8m2 floor area or them safely.
escape route, they do present a problem without borrowed lights. Note the
in that the public may be trapped in Current issue of BS 5266-1 now
them in the event of a supply failure. excludes the en suite facilities in hotels
107
d) Motor generator, control or plant rooms e) Covered car parks - the normal
- require battery supplied emergency pedestrian routes should be provided
lighting to assist any maintenance or with non-maintained luminaires of at
operating personnel in the event of least 1 hour duration.
failure.
Other areas that need consideration as input to the risk assessment (pr BS5266-10)
Kitchens - Sudden failure of lighting while staff are cooking hot food is potentially dangerous,
currently these areas would need an emergency light over the extinguisher but emergency lighting is
needed over the area for hot food preparation. Employees need to be able to locate and turn off
machinery/ovens/hobs etc. to ensure that they do not turn on once the supply is re-instated and
cause a possible unsafe condition.
First Aid stations - Currently the requirement is for the light level needed to evacuate the
premises, however system designers consider the light level response and duration times of
emergency lighting of first aid rooms where treatment is to be given
Refuge areas for disabled people - In these areas fire wardens will now have to go and collect
disabled persons often also transferring them into rescue sleds to enable them safely to be taken
down stairs should consider the light level response and duration times of emergency lighting in
refuges.
Fire equipment - In a fire condition, users must inspect and act on the condition of fire alarm
panels and repeaters. The light must be sufficient to enable displays to be read accurately. The staff
will also have to contact the fire brigade so they must have sufficient illumination for the number to
be dialled correctly in the emergency condition.
The emergency lighting must provide adequate direct illumination on crash bars on exit doors to
enable them to be easily seen and operated, consider using exit signs above downward light
panels.
STAGE 4
ESCAPE ROUTE LIGHTING
When the points of emphasis have been covered, it is essential to provide any additional luminaires to ensure that minimum illuminance levels are met
to enable the routes to be used safely. In addition, every compartment on the escape route must have at least two luminaires, to provide some light in
the event of luminaire failure.
• Light Level Requirements

BS 5266 Pt 7: 1999 (EN 1838) 4.2 calls for a minimum of 1 lux
anywhere on the centre line of the escape route for normal risks.
A uniformity ratio of 40:1 maximum to minimum must not be
exceeded. This illuminance must be provided for the full duration
and life of the system. 50% of the illuminance must be available
within 5 seconds and the full value within 60 seconds of supply
failure.
Note: The UK has an “A deviation” which continues to allow a 0.2 lux

minimum value for routes that will be permanently unobstructed. It
should be noted that this puts a heavy burden on the user to ensure
routes are kept clear even in an emergency.
108 For this reason it is recommended that the 1 lux level should always
be used.
• Photometric Design
Emergency Escape Routes
The use of authenticated spacing tables or a suitable computer
program provides the information to determine whether luminaires
are needed in addition to those for the points of emphasis (see
data section), to provide the minimum required level of illumination
on the escape routes. To ensure that the design will meet the
required levels at all times the data is de-rated, as required by the
standard, to cover the following factors:
i. Reduction in light as the battery voltage reduces during
discharge.
ii. Ageing of lamps in maintained circuits
PHOTOMETRIC DATA
iii. The effects of dirt (Spacing tables use a figure of 80%). Britelite Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic)
area
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
Luminaire Mounting Lux level
0.5L
under
Self-contained
NM 2.5 3.28 3.9 11.3 4.0 2.0 4.0 12.0 6.0 1.9
4.0 1.28 2.1 9.6 5.6 1.2 3.3 14.8 7.2 1.9
6.0 0.57 - - - - 1.6 12.4 7.4 0.8
M 2.5 2.75 3.3 10.7 5.2 1.8 3.7 11.7 5.8 1.8
4.0 1.07 1.5 8.0 5.0 0.7 3.5 14.2 7.0 1.7
6.0 0.48 - - - - - - - -
Example - luminaire spacing along escape route
11m 22m
Locate luminaires at mandatory

“Points of emphasis”
ceiling 2.5m
11m 11m 11m
Add additional luminaire to achieve

1 lux minimum
ceiling 2.5m
STAGE 5
OPEN (ANTI-PANIC) CORE AREAS
Areas larger than 60m2, open areas with an escape route passing through them, or hazards identified by the building risk assessment all require
emergency lighting. The current standard is easy to design for and to verify, promoting systems that provide good uniformity rather than ones that use
a few large output luminaires.
• Light Level Requirements If using standard mains luminaires fitted with an emergency conversion
BS 5266 Pt 7/EN 1838 - 4.3 calls for 0.5 lux minimum of the empty kit, typical data is shown in the emergency lighting spacing tables. The
core area, which excludes a border of 0.5m of the perimeter of the data details the polar distribution for common types of luminaires, from
area. Spacing tables or a suitable computer program provide which a suitable match should be selected. The factors considered
simple and accurate data that can easily be used. The spacing should be the shape of the polar curve and the scale, which is shown
tables for 0.5 lux are de-rated on the same basis as those for by the nadir intensity.
escape routes. They can also be used as a guide for initial selection Alternatively, a computer program can be used and the light outputs of
of the location of luminaires when using a computer program the appropriate kit can be used with the actual distribution data of the
luminaire chosen.
• Spacing data
Specific data is available for self-contained dedicated emergency
luminaires. This can be found on each of the individual product
entries in this catalogue and repeated in the section after this
design guide. 109
Luminaire spacing in open (anti-panic) core areas
0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
0.5L
0.5 metre border

(core area excludes a border
of 0.5m of the perimeter of the area)
Minimum points - at which 0.5 lux is obtained

STAGE 6 STAGE 7
HIGH RISK TASK AREA LIGHTING CONTROL
Areas of high physical risk, or the control rooms of dangerous plant Non-maintained luminaires must be activated by failure of supply to the
and production lines, need emergency lighting to enable them to be normal lighting. They must therefore be connected an unswitched live
shut down safely. BS 5266 Part 1: 1999 defines that emergency taken from the local normal lighting final circuit.
lighting should provide 10% of the normal lighting level at the hazard,
with a minimum of 15 Lux. (In practice this minimum is unlikely ever to Once the design has been completed it becomes apparent that the
be a problem, as it would only be valid if the risk area had a normal performance of the luminaire depends as much on the light distribution
illumination level less than 150 lux). as it does the light output available. Consequently it becomes essential
that luminaire types specified for a particular design do not get
DESIGN PROCEDURES changed without a re-appraisal of the photometric design.
Reaching the light levels needed would normally be achieved by using
a conversion of the normal luminaire, or by using a tungsten projector
unit. If conversion units are selected, a direct ratio can be obtained by L
the Ballast Lumen Factor (BLF). i.e. to achieve 10% of normal use
either: N
- Emergency units with a BLF of 10% are needed for each fitting in
the area
- Emergency units with a BLF of 20% are needed for every other
fitting
110 - Emergency units with a BLF of 100% are needed for one in 10 Normal lighting
fittings
Care is needed to ensure that a reasonably uniform distribution is
achieved by whatever combination of luminaire and conversion kit
used. If tungsten projector units are selected, a co-efficient of
utilisation calculation has to be performed for the required value.
Emergency lighting
TESTING AND LOG BOOK

The Fire Safety Order require that appropriate testing is performed to
maintain compliance of the system. The system should include
adequate facilities for testing and recording the system condition.
These need to be appropriate for the specific site and should be
considered as part of the system design. Discussions with the user or
system designer should identify:
- The calibre and reliability of staff available to do the testing
- The level of difficulty in performing the test
- If discharge tests need to be done outside normal working hours,
or phased so only alternate luminaires are tested in buildings that
are permanently occupied
The testing requirements in the code of practice are:

• Function test
All emergency luminaires should be tested be breaking the supply
to them and checking that they operate satisfactorily. The supply
must then be restored and the charging indicators must be seen to
be operating correctly. This test must be performed at least once
per month and the results logged.
• Discharge test
The luminaires must be tested for their full rated duration period
and checked for satisfactory operation. The supply must then be
restored and the charging indicators rechecked. This test must be
performed at least annually and the results logged.
MANUAL TESTING
If manual testing is utilised, the following points should be considered:
- Is a single switch to be used? Unless the whole building is to be
switched off, a separate switch should be used for each final
circuit. As the feed to non-maintained circuits must be taken from
the switch this will probably mean that the building will have to be
walked around twice, once to check the luminaires and once to
check that they are recharging
- Are luminaires to be individually switched? In practice, only a
single walk around the building will be needed. However, the test
switches could spoil the décor of the building and they must be of
a type that is tamper proof. After the tests, the performance of the
luminaires must be logged.
111
COMMISSIONING CERTIFICATE 2. Photometric performance

BS 5266 Pt 1 and the European Standard both require written Evidence of compliance with light levels has to be supplied by the
declarations of compliance to be available on site for inspection. system designer. Photometric tests for Cooper Lighting and
These consist of: Safety luminaires are normally performed at BSI and spacing data
is registered by the ICEL scheme. Therefore copies of the spacing
1. Installation quality data in this catalogue provide the verification required.
IEE regulations must have been conformed with and
non-maintained fittings fed from the final circuit of the normal 3. Declaration of a satisfactory test of operation
lighting in each, as required in BS 5266 A log of all system tests and results must be maintained.
System log books, with commissioning forms, testing forms and
instructions are available from Cooper Lighting and Safety.
MAINTENANCE Testing and maintenance
2005 Fire Safety Order regulatory reform EN50172 : BS 5266 part 8 defines the specific requirement set out as
part of regulatory emergency escape lighting testing and maintenance,
The 2005 Regulatory Reform Fire Safety Order directive (FSO) replace’s superseding BS5266 Part 1. As part of the 2005 Fire safety Order
the Fire precautions (workplace) regulations 1997; applicable to the directive it is important that employers/managers implement and
workplace and premises open to the public. maintain the requirements of BS5266 part 8 to ensure compliance with
As part of the FSO, the employer or manager must take responsibility the directive and should not be limited to this standard.
for the Fire Risk Assessment with the traditional fire certificates no
longer issued by the fire officer. Details of the fire safety order directive The guidelines for testing and maintenance as part of the new
can be found on www.uk-legislation.hmso.gov.uk. standards are.
With the inception of the new directive, the employer or manager of the a) Regular servicing and maintenance are essential to ensure a
premises must undertake the following criteria:- functional and compliant emergency escape lighting system. A
a) Carry out a risk assessment of the premises, identifying any fire competent person must be appointed to ensure the correct test
hazards. and procedures are performed, records of results and corrective
b) Identify all people at risk in the premises, including employees, actions must be kept.
visitors and consideration must be given to physically impaired b) A Daily check of central power supply indicators to ensure
persons. Records must be kept of any findings where 5 or more correct operation and no fault indicators are illuminated. There
people are employed. is no requirement for a daily test of emergency operation. The
c) Evaluate the risk to people from hazards identified and installation of a remote audible/visual fault monitoring device in
implement the necessary fire precautions including emergency a convenient, prominent location eliminates the need to attend
lighting and necessary testing/planned maintenance. the central power supply and provides immediate indication of
112 d) Records must be kept of any findings and the corrective actions equipment fault.
for premises with more than 5 employees. Including information c) The following tests should be carried out Monthly, records must
of any training and instructions given to employees regarding be kept.
fire precautions in the workplace. i. A short duration discharge test shall be performed by
e) Regular reviews of the fire safety equipment and emergency failure or simulation of the central power supply and
lighting (where required) shall be completed to ensure correct emergency luminaires for a duration sufficient to ensure
operation and good working order. Failure to comply with the all emergency lamps are illuminated (consideration
requirement by the user/manager can be a criminal offense should be given to minimise damage to emergency
under the Fire safety Order and is a act of Law. luminaire components).
ii. Inspection of all emergency luminaires/signs to ensure
As part of the FSO, the manager or employer must appoint a correct operation and good state of repair.
Responsible Person to ensure the safety procedures are followed and iii. Following a short duration discharge test the central
risk assessment completed. The responsible person must be a senior power supply shall be checked for correct normal
person capable of ensuring the correct procedures and records are operation and all fault indicators have reset.
upheld in accordance with the directive.
d) As part of the Annual test required, the monthly test must be
performed with the following additional tests.
i. A duration discharge test shall be performed for the full
autonomy of the central power supply with all
emergency luminaires illuminated and inspected for
correct operation and good state of repair.
ii. Following a full duration discharge test the charger
should be checked to ensure recharge of the battery in
preparation of a further supply interruption (EN50171
stipulates 80% charge attained within 12 hours of
charger re-instatement)
Automatic testing can be used as an alternative to manual testing,

however visual inspection of luminaires and their state of repair is
required with recorded results.
Note: Following any test, there may be a reduce duration in the

autonomy of the emergency escape lighting and tests should be
performed during times of minimal risk.
Planned maintenance AUTOMATIC TEST SYSTEMS
It is a requirement of BS5266 Part 8 that from the date of Legislation demands that emergency lighting systems are regularly
commissioning an emergency lighting installation a full duration tested and maintained in full working order. To avoid the cost and
discharge test must be performed annually with results and records of disruption of manual testing, automatic test systems should be
any faults/corrective actions for presentation on demand under the considered. Cooper Lighting and Safety offer two alternative testing
2005 Fire Safety Order. systems each optimised for different building types:
As part of a planned maintenance and testing regime the following
actions should be considered to improve equipment/battery lifetime
and ensure reliable operation of the life safety equipment.
Battery maintenance
Batteries should be checked monthly for signs of physical • EasiCheck
damage, cracking or leakage with any deposits cleaned and Particularly suited to medium to large sized installations, EasiCheck
removed in a safe environmentally friendly manner. Following is a versatile addressable emergency lighting system that uses a
battery cleaning, all battery terminals should be tightened in line central control panel to perform automatic test schedules, initiate
with battery manufacturers recommendations then re-greased. manual tests and download event logs and test reports. It is
All damaged battery blocks should be replaced immediately, available for use with both self-contained luminaires and central
please contact our service department for a replacement power systems. EasiCheck continuously monitors all components
battery cost and installation quotation. of an emergency lighting system, reporting faults as soon as they
Great care must be taken when working with batteries as they occur. Up to 63 panels can be networked together, ensuring
contain hazardous fluids, high electrical discharge capacity and EasiCheck can be utilised in the largest of projects of up to 15,750
are liable to emit potentially harmful/flammable gasses (see pg
14 for ventilation guidelines).
emergency luminaires. It also has advanced software options for
PC monitoring and control.
113
All battery blocks voltages must be measured using a calibrated
digital voltmeter when fully charged (prior to discharge test) and
during discharge, records must be kept to highlight individual
block failures and possible future faults. If a battery block is
found to be faulty or fails during discharge it must be replaced
immediately.
When replacing individual damaged or faulty battery blocks;
replacement battery blocks must be same type, voltage and Ah
capacity as existing battery blocks. Failure of individual
batteries can provide good indication of the battery nearing the
end of its useful life and should be considered for complete
replacement.
Please contact our Service department for advice or service
quotations.
EasiCheck Panel
Equipment Maintenance
The equipment and surrounding area should be clear and free
of obstruction with sufficient light and ventilation to permit safe
inspection, testing and maintenance. Efforts should be made to
eliminate the ingress of dust or moisture into the equipment • Intellem
without blocking or impairing the air flow, in or out of the Designed for use with self-contained emergency luminaires,
equipments louvers/grills. Any dust/debris should be removed Intellem is a stand alone self-test system for small to medium
from the equipment in a safe manner to prevent premature sized installations. The testing module self calibrates and carries
component failure or impaired equipment performance. The out testing at predetermined intervals. Faults are precisely reported
battery charger should be checked regularly for correct charge by an audible alarm and the flashing sequence of the LED indicator.
voltage (float voltage may vary due to changes in ambient room For applications where an audible alarm would be inappropriate,
temperature and should be recorded) and charger cooling fan this feature can be disabled during installation. Intellem has a
operation. Note: the charger cooling fan may only operate function which enables tests of adjacent luminaires to be staggered
following battery discharge re-instatement of the equipment to avoid complete loss of emergency cover during the recharge
supply. period after a full discharge test.
Battery Disposal
Batteries of all types must be disposed of in accordance with
current waste disposal and pollution legislation upheld within
the country; individuals can be liable for prosecution if caught
failing to abide with the methods and procedures required.
Please contact our Service department for advice or disposal
quotations.
EXAMPLE OF SYSTEM DESIGN
a,b,c,f&k
m
x
x
Acid bath
x g
Plant room b Workshop (iv) b

114
c&h x h&f
d
x
Office (iii)
x
h
Office (i) Office (ii)
x 1
Lift d
b&e
e&h e&h
2
Toilet Lobby
3
Escalator
a,b & c
i
EXAMPLE OF SYSTEM DESIGN WIRING INSTALLATION
Stage 1 The wiring of emergency luminaires should generally be in accordance
Locate luminaires at points of emphasis on escape route with normal wiring practice (I.E.E. Wiring Regulations), statutory
a At each exit door requirements applicable to the type of building, local by-laws and
b To illuminate exit and safety signs regulations. The supply for self contained luminaires should be taken
c Near call points (some covered by a.) from the unswitched local light source
d Near each staircase
e Change of direction (some covered by b.) Cabling used when installing self-contained emergency luminaires
f Near fire fighting equipment (some covered by a.) should be of a similar type to that used for the normal mains light.
g Change of floor level In the event of a fire, if the cabling used for the emergency luminaires
h Near intersection of escape routes has greater protection, there may be a chance of the normal lighting
i Outside final exits failing and the emergency lighting remaining in the normal mode
k Near first aid points (i.e. inoperative). Hence it is recommended that self-contained
emergency luminaires are wired in PVC insulated cable.
Stage 2
Exit sign location is covered by Stage 1, but it is important to check
The supply to self-contained luminaires should be such as to prevent
that maximum viewing distances are not exceeded and that if the
unauthorised disconnection, but should incorporate suitable means
normal lighting is dimmed, e.g. in cinemas, the exit signs must be
for simulating a mains failure for test purposes. The source of supply
permanently illuminated while the building is occupied (maintained
should be from the same local fuse as the normal lighting, so that in
lighting).
the event of a fuse failure causing the normal lighting to be
Stage 3
extinguished, the emergency lighting is brought into operation in the 115
same locality.
Other areas, which require emergency lighting but are not on the
escape route area.
1 Lift car
2 Toilet (above 8m2 floor area)
3 Escalators
4 Plant room
Stage 4
Check minimum illuminance levels on the escape routes.
After selecting a suitable luminaire, e.g. Britelite, consulting the spacing
table shows the number of fittings needed to provide a minimum of
1 lux on the centre line of the escape routes.
Stage 5
Anti-panic open areas (x) apply to any areas over 60m2 floor area,
or that have an escape route passing through them.
(i) Office over 60m2
- 3 x Britelite
(ii) Office under 60m2
- no requirement
(iii) Under 60m2, but part of escape route from office (ii)
- 2 x Britelite fittings, either as compartment of escape route
or an open anti-panic area
(iv) Workshop 4m high
- 3 x Britelite + 1 x DQX - 5 cell conversion unit for high risk
(m) or 4 x DQX - 5 cell conversion units (Use of conversion
units is dependent on suitable mains luminaires being used).
Stage 6
High risk lighting requirement for an acid bath (m) is included in the
design for stage 5. If a conversion of a mains luminaire is not suitable,
a high power tungsten projector, such as Beamlite could be used
instead.
EMERGENCY SPACING TABLES
MENVIER LUMINAIRE SPACING TABLES
Slave Luminaires Escape route 2m wide Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area
1 lux min 0.2 lux min (unobstructed routes) 0.5 lux min

0.5L 0.5L
type height (m) directly 0.5L
under
Atlantic AC/DC 2.5 3.05 3.5 10.4 5.9 2.0 6.7 16.2 10.0 4.0 3.6 10.7 6.7 2.0
4.0 1.19 1.3 9.9 5.6 1.1 8.1 20.3 12.0 4.6 3.1 13.5 7.7 2.0
6.0 0.53 - - - - 7.4 23.0 13.0 4.6 1.1 12.0 7.9 0.7
AC/AC 2.5 4.40 4.3 11.4 6.6 2.4 6.9 15.8 10.8 4.4 4.0 10.6 7.0 1.7
4.0 1.70 2.7 12.0 6.6 2.0 8.9 20.8 13.0 5.2 4.2 13.7 8.5 1.7
6.0 0.80 - 6.2 5.4 - 9.3 22.4 14.8 5.4 2.2 15.3 9.5 1.4
Eurolite AC/DC 2.5 3.22 3.3 8.2 5.7 2.0 5.1 12.0 10.0 4.0 2.8 8.1 6.4 2.0
4.0 1.25 3.2 9.9 5.6 1.3 6.5 15.6 11.6 4.5 3.4 10.2 7.5 1.9
6.0 0.56 - - - - 7.3 18.8 12.0 5.0 3.3 12.3 7.7 0.8
116 AC/AC 2.5 4.40 3.6 8.6 6.4 2.4 5.3 12.4 10.6 4.4 3.0 8.3 7.0 1.6
4.0 1.70 2.7 10.8 6.4 2.0 6.7 15.8 12.6 4.9 3.8 10.4 8.4 1.6
6.0 0.80 - 11.8 5.4 - 8.1 20.0 14.0 5.3 4.1 13.0 9.1 1.4
New Safe 8 AC/DC 2.5 4.43 2.8 8.2 6.8 2.6 5.8 14.0 10.5 4.6 2.8 9.2 7.2 2.3
4.0 1.73 2.6 8.0 7.3 2.2 6.5 17.0 13.6 5.4 2.8 11.2 8.9 2.5
6.0 0.77 - - - - 6.3 18.2 15.6 5.7 2.3 11.0 9.8 2.1
AC/AC 2.5 6.10 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.8 6.0 15.8 11.4 4.7 3.0 10.1 7.4 1.9
4.0 2.30 3.0 9.4 8.2 2.8 7.1 18.2 14.6 5.8 3.3 11.9 9.5 2.1
6.0 1.10 1.2 8.8 7.8 1.0 7.5 22.0 17.0 6.4 3.1 13.4 11.1 2.0
Slimlite AC/DC 2.5 2.24 2.3 6.6 6.2 2.2 4.9 12.4 11.0 4.3 2.3 7.9 7.2 2.1
4.0 0.88 - - - - 5.5 14.0 12.9 4.9 2.2 8.9 8.4 2.1
6.0 0.39 - - - - 5.2 14.8 14.0 4.7 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 4.10 2.3 6.4 6.2 2.2 4.3 10.8 10.6 4.2 2.2 7.3 7.1 1.6
4.0 1.50 2.0 6.6 6.6 1.8 5.2 12.8 13.0 5.0 2.3 8.4 8.4 1.7
6.0 0.75 - 5.4 5.2 - 5.6 15.4 14.4 5.6 1.9 9.7 9.5 1.3
Vistral AC/DC 2.5 4.89 2.9 6.8 6.8 2.6 4.8 12.0 11.2 4.6 2.3 7.5 7.2 2.3
4.0 1.91 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.3 5.5 14.0 13.6 5.4 3.0 8.9 8.9 2.5
6.0 0.85 - - - - 6.6 16.0 15.5 5.8 3.5 10.0 9.8 2.1
AC/AC 2.5 6.70 3.1 7.8 7.8 3.0 5.1 12.6 11.8 5.0 2.7 8.4 7.7 2.0
4.0 2.60 3.9 9.0 8.4 2.9 6.0 14.8 14.8 6.0 3.2 9.8 9.8 2.1
6.0 1.10 3.1 11.2 7.6 1.4 7.0 17.6 17.6 6.7 3.9 11.2 11.2 1.9
Weatherlite AC/DC 2.5 3.68 2.6 7.2 6.4 2.4 5.2 13.2 10.7 4.4 2.3 8.6 7.1 2.2
4.0 1.43 2.0 7.2 6.6 2.0 5.7 15.2 13.2 5.1 2.5 9.8 8.4 2.1
6.0 0.64 - - - - 5.8 16.3 14.3 5.2 1.5 10.0 9.0 1.4
AC/AC 2.5 5.10 3.1 8.4 6.8 2.5 5.8 14.4 11.6 4.7 2.9 9.5 7.3 1.7
4.0 1.90 2.8 8.8 7.6 2.3 6.7 16.6 13.8 5.6 3.1 10.9 9.1 1.9
6.0 1.00 0.5 8.0 6.8 0.5 7.0 19.2 16.6 6.2 2.8 12.3 10.6 1.7
CeaGuard Luminaires Escape route 2m wide Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
under
75% Atlantic 2.5 3.60 3.9 11.0 6.3 2.3 6.9 16.4 10.3 4.3 3.8 11.2 7.0 2.2
AT230CG 4.0 1.41 2.0 10.3 6.3 1.6 8.6 21.0 12.7 5.0 3.6 14.0 8.3 2.2
6.0 0.63 - 4.4 4.0 - 8.5 24.2 14.1 5.0 1.5 15.4 8.9 1.4
75% New Safe 8 2.5 7.33 3.7 10.0 8.1 3.2 6.7 17.0 12.6 5.2 3.5 11.2 8.4 2.8
NS8230CG 4.0 2.86 3.6 10.5 9.2 3.2 8.0 20.0 16.0 3.2 3.6 13.3 10.5 3.2
6.0 1.27 2.5 10.0 9.1 2.1 8.3 22.0 18.4 7.1 3.5 14.2 11.4 3.1
75% Vistral 2.5 6.97 3.2 8.2 8.2 3.2 5.6 13.6 13.0 5.3 2.9 9.1 8.7 2.9
VS230CG 4.0 2.73 4.1 9.6 9.2 3.3 6.5 16.2 16.2 6.5 3.3 19.6 10.6 3.2
6.0 1.21 4.3 11.9 9.1 3.4 7.5 18.5 18.2 7.2 4.1 12.0 12.0 2.7
75% Eurolite 2.5 5.87 4.0 9.4 7.1 2.7 4.9 12.4 11.6 4.8 3.2 9.2 7.5 2.4
EU230CG 4.0 2.29 4.6 11.8 7.6 2.5 7.5 17.0 14.0 5.6 4.1 11.6 9.2 2.6
6.0 1.03 4.0 13.2 7.0 0.2 9.1 22.0 16.0 6.0 4.6 14.4 10.5 2.4
75% Weatherlite 2.5 5.86 3.4 8.9 7.8 2.9 6.3 16.0 12.8 5.2 3.1 10.2 8.4 2.7
WL230CG 4.0 2.28 3.2 9.4 8.4 2.9 7.0 18.0 15.6 6.2 3.2 11.6 9.9 2.9
6.0 1.02 1.0 8.8 8.0 1.0 7.5 20.0 17.6 6.7 3.0 12.9 11.3 2.8
JSB LUMINAIRE SPACING TABLES

0.5L 0.5L
type height (m) 0.5L
AG Bulkhead AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 4.9 12.7 10.0 4.0 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 5.3 14.5 11.9 4.6 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
6.0 - - - - 5.1 15.5 13.1 4.6 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.0 6.0 2.2 5.7 14.8 10.6 4.2 2.8 9.8 7.0 1.5
4.0 2.3 7.8 6.6 1.8 6.2 16.6 12.6 5.0 2.7 10.8 8.4 1.7
6.0 - 6.8 5.6 - 6.7 18.6 14.8 5.7 2.4 11.8 9.9 1.4
Alfalux AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 4.9 12.7 10.0 4.0 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 5.3 14.5 11.9 4.6 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
6.0 - - - - 5.1 15.5 13.1 4.6 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 2.5 7.0 6.2 2.2 5.2 13.6 10.6 4.3 2.5 8.8 7.0 1.6 117
4.0 2.3 7.6 6.4 1.8 6.0 15.6 13.0 5.0 2.7 9.8 8.4 1.6
6.0 - 7.2 5.8 - 6.7 17.8 15.4 5.6 2.5 11.6 9.8 1.5
DRG AC/DC 2.5 3.6 9.5 9.5 3.6 6.4 16.0 16.0 6.4 3.2 10.3 10.3 3.2
4.0 3.9 10.5 10.5 3.9 7.2 18.4 18.4 7.2 3.7 12.0 12.0 3.7
6.0 3.2 10.8 10.8 3.2 8.2 21.0 21.0 8.2 3.8 14.0 14.0 3.8
AC/AC 2.5 5.5 13.6 13.6 5.5 9.1 24.0 24.0 9.1 4.7 15.4 15.4 4.7
4.0 6.4 16.4 16.4 6.4 10.8 27.0 27.0 10.8 5.7 18.2 18.2 5.7
6.0 7.0 18.4 18.4 7.0 12.5 31.5 31.5 12.5 6.4 20.7 20.7 6.4
Fairlite RG16W AC/AC 2.5 4.0 10.0 10.0 4.0 6.6 16.2 16.2 6.6 3.5 10.3 10.3 3.5
4.0 4.4 11.8 11.8 4.4 8.0 20.0 20.0 8.0 4.1 12.7 12.7 4.1
6.0 4.2 12.8 12.8 4.2 9.2 23.2 23.2 9.2 4.4 15.1 15.1 4.4
Fairlite RG28W AC/DC 2.5 3.2 8.4 8.4 3.2 5.7 13.6 13.6 5.7 2.9 9.1 9.1 2.9
4.0 4.4 9.6 9.6 4.4 6.7 16.5 16.5 6.7 3.3 11.2 11.2 3.3
6.0 2.4 9.5 9.5 2.4 7.5 19.1 19.1 7.5 3.3 12.6 12.6 3.3
AC/AC 2.5 5.0 12.5 12.5 5.0 8.2 18.4 18.4 8.2 4.4 12.6 12.6 4.4
4.0 5.9 15.1 15.1 5.9 10.0 22.0 22.0 10.0 5.2 15.4 15.4 5.2
6.0 6.4 16.8 16.8 6.4 11.4 26.0 26.0 11.4 5.8 18.1 18.1 5.8
Sintralite AC/DC 2.5 2.8 7.5 6.3 2.3 5.0 12.2 10.2 4.2 2.5 8.0 6.8 2.1
4.0 2.1 8.0 6.4 1.9 5.7 14.4 12.2 4.9 2.8 9.5 8.2 2.2
6.0 - - - - 6.2 16.2 14.0 5.0 1.8 10.8 9.1 1.8
AC/AC 2.5 3.3 8.4 6.0 2.3 5.0 12.0 10.4 4.2 2.9 8.1 6.7 1.5
4.0 3.8 10.2 6.2 1.8 6.2 15.6 12.4 4.9 3.6 10.2 8.0 1.6
6.0 - 10.8 4.6 - 8.0 19.4 13.8 5.0 3.8 12.6 8.7 1.2
Zeta II AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.2 6.0 2.3 5.5 14.6 9.7 4.1 2.6 7.4 5.3 2.1
4.0 1.0 7.0 6.7 1.9 5.7 15.8 12.0 4.8 2.5 7.5 6.3 2.3
6.0 - - - - 5.6 16.2 14.0 5.2 1.8 7.0 6.6 1.8
AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.4 6.0 2.6 6.3 16.6 10.6 4.7 2.9 10.9 7.0 1.5
4.0 2.9 8.4 7.6 2.6 6.7 18.4 13.4 5.7 2.9 11.8 8.7 1.9
6.0 0.5 8.2 7.4 0.5 7.1 19.6 16.0 6.1 2.9 11.8 10.5 1.9

To enable photometric designs to be performed as required by BS 5266 pts 1 and 7, the following factors need to be used to ensure that the worst case
conditions are designed for.
Initial lamp lumens of the lamp must be derated by:

• Ballast lumen factor (for emergency circuits, these are independently tested and their % value is shown)
• K Factor for the effect of reduction in supply voltage as the battery discharges, and of cable voltage drop on central systems
• S Factor to compensate for the ageing of lamps during service life.
The effect of dirt on the diffuser must also be allowed for, so an allowance for 20% as recommended by ICEL has been built into these spacing tables.
If the design is being produced on a computer, similar allowance should be made.
System lumen reduction factors used in the following lumens chart are:
SYSTEM TYPE SELF-CONTAINED 24 VOLT SLAVE 50 & 110 VOLT SLAVE 230 VOLT INVERTER SLAVE
K Factor 0.85 0.65 0.7 0.95
S Factor 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
When applied with the appropriate Ballast Lumen Factors % with typical fluorescent lamps, they give the following Emergency Lighting Design Lumens
(ELDL) for typical fluorescent lamps which can be used for spacing calculations:
118
TRI-PHOSPHOR LINEAR LAMPS Self Contained Central Battery System

WATT LUMEN QX SERIES ADV SERIES 24V SLAVE 50V/110V SLAVE 230V SLAVE
Type BLF ELDL TYPE BLF ELDL BLF ELDL BLF ELDL ELDL
18 1350 BQX 10 100 ADV343 11 105 31 230 44 350 1100
36 3350 BQX 9 215 ADV343 8 195 22 400 33 650 2700
58 5200 CQX 6 225 ADV453 7 260 - - 24 740 4200
70 6550 DQX 5 235 ADV563 7 330 - - 18 700 5300
HALO-PHOSPHATE LINEAR LAMPS
18 1200 BQX 10 85 ADV343 11 95 31 200 44 310 970
36 2900 BQX 9 190 ADV343 8 185 22 350 33 560 2340
58 4800 CQX 6 210 ADV453 7 210 - - 24 685 3870
70 5800 DQX 5 210 ADV563 7 290 - - 18 620 4680
COMPACT LAMPS
16 - 2D 1050 BQX 13 100 ADV343 13 100 45 260 65 400 850
28 - 2D 2050 - - - ADV443 14 205 28 315 40 500 1655
38 - 2D 2850 - - - ADV553 12 245 23 360 33 560 2300
11 - TC-S 900 BQX 15 95 ADV343 19 125 49 240 70 375 725
13 - TC-D 900 BQX 14 90 ADV343 16 105 44 210 63 330 725
18 - TC-D 1200 BQX 10 85 ADV343 12 105 25 170 37 260 970
24 - TC-L 1800 - - - ADV343 11 145 28 275 40 425 1450
36 - TC-L 2900 BQX 7 145 ADV343 8 145 24 390 35 600 2300
Notes: 1. ADV series modules suitable for use with switch start circuits only
2. Other lamp type/wattage data on request
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR CONVERTED MAINS LIGHTING LUMINAIRES

When normal mains luminaires are converted and utilised for emergency use, the procedure below should be followed:
1. The table of emergency lighting design lumens (above), should be consulted to determine the minimum emergency lamp output for the particular
lamp/circuit required, for use with either spacing tables or a computer design program.
2. The appropriate spacing table should then be selected and used, checking the following points:
• That the shape of the polar curve corresponds with the luminaire to be used
• That the value of the output is similar (LOR and at the nadir. Variations can be compensated for, by determining a ratio for the lamp output value
obtained in 1)
3. The spacing limits for escape routes or open areas can then be read off for specific height and lamp outputs.
Note: If different values of minimum light level are needed, they can also be obtained by determining a ratio for the lamp output value i.e. To ensure a
minimum of 10 lux on the centre line of an escape route, a value 10 times greater must be applied to the chart value. So 2000 lumen lamp output gives
the same spacing to 10 lux as 200 lumens does for 1 lux.
USE OF SPACING TABLES WITH COMPUTER PROGRAMS

Computer programs can provide accurate values for specific applications, using data for the exact luminaire, at the precise mounting height and with
the actual emergency lamp output, for any luminaire configuration.
To quickly develop an initial spacing layout, the spacing values from the nearest table should be used. This can then be applied to the software and
modified as required, to obtain the optimum luminaire layout. Illuminance levels can then be calculated, verifying the system design as required by
BS 5266-1:1999 & EN 1838.
CONVERSIONS WITH LOW BRIGHTNESS LOUVRE 90°
cd/1000lm
90°
Nadir intensity 320cd/1000lm
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.00
DLOR 0.61
300 LOR 0.61
30° 30°
1 LUX MINIMUM ON CENTRE LINE 0.5 LUX MINIMUM IN CORE AREA 0.2 LUX MINIMUM ON CENTRE LINE
ESCAPE ROUTES - ALL RISKS OPEN AREAS UNOBSTRUCTED ROUTES ONLY
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
mtg Ht (M) ELDL directly under
65°-200cd/m2 100 4.0 2.5 5.5 5.2 2.4 1.9 5.9 6.4 1.8 3.1 6.5 7.6 3.7
200 8.1 2.7 5.9 7.0 2.9 2.0 6.1 6.6 2.4 3.6 7.0 7.7 3.8
2.5 600 24.4 3.3 6.6 7.6 3.7 2.2 6.6 7.2 2.6 3.8 7.2 7.8 3.8
2000 81.1 3.6 7.0 7.7 3.8 * * * * * * * *
4000 163.2 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.6 2.9 7.2 6.4 1.9 2.5 8.6 8.8 2.2 4.5 9.8 10.4 4.6
200 3.2 3.6 8.6 8.8 3.2 3.0 9.1 9.9 3.0 4.9 10.2 10.6 5.1
4 600 9.6 4.6 9.8 11.0 4.7 3.4 10.4 11.0 3.8 5.3 11.4 12.1 5.6
2000 32.0 5.1 10.9 11.7 5.6 3.5 11.0 11.6 3.9 5.7 11.6 12.4 5.9
4000 64.0 5.3 11.6 12.2 5.7 * * * * * * * *
General 100 4.4 2.5 5.4 5.9 2.5 1.8 6.2 6.8 2.0 3.3 7.6 8.0 3.6
119
Purpose
200 8.8 2.7 6.4 7.0 2.9 2.2 6.5 7.6 2.4 3.8 7.8 8.6 4.0
2.5 600 26.4 3.4 7.6 8.2 3.7 2.5 7.2 8.6 2.6 3.9 8.3 9.2 4.2
2000 88.0 3.8 7.8 8.6 4.0 * * * * * * * *
4000 176 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.7 2.2 6.8 6.80 2.0 2.3 8.6 8.9 2.3 4.4 9.8 11.6 4.8
200 3.4 3.4 8.6 9.2 3.4 3.0 9.5 10.5 3.2 4.9 10.8 12.4 5.8
4 600 10.2 4.5 10.1 11.8 5.0 3.5 11.2 12.6 4.1 5.7 12.6 13.9 6.4
2000 34.0 5.4 12.0 13.2 6.1 3.7 12.0 13.4 4.2 6.1 12.9 14.8 6.7
4000 64.0 5.7 12.6 14.0 6.4 * * * * * * * *
CONVERSIONS WITH INDUSTRIAL WEATHERPROOF 120° cd/1000lm 120° Nadir intensity 129cd/1000lm
90° 90°
40 ULOR 0.15
60° 80 60° DLOR 0.57
120
LOR 0.72
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.9 1.6 5.8 4.6 1.5 2.0 8.0 6.5 1.6 4.5 11.6 8.7 3.4
200 3.8 2.9 8.2 6.4 2.3 2.8 10.7 8.0 2.2 5.8 15.0 10.6 4.6
2.5 600 11.4 4.9 12.5 9.4 3.6 4.3 16.0 11.0 3.2 8.6 22.0 14.8 6.0
2000 28.0 7.5 19.0 13.0 5.2 5.2 19.0 13.0 3.6 9.8 25.1 16.0 6.7
4000 47.0 8.6 22.0 14.8 6.0 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – – – – 2.2 8.0 6.6 1.1 4.6 13.0 10.0 3.8
200 1.5 2.2 8.0 7.0 1.7 2.8 11.6 9.4 2.4 6.5 17.0 12.6 5.0
4 600 4.5 5.1 13.9 10.6 4.1 4.8 18.0 13.5 3.7 9.8 25.4 17.8 7.3
2000 15.2 8.5 22.0 15.8 6.2 7.7 28.0 19.5 5.5 15.0 38.0 25.0 10.3
4000 30.4 11.0 27.0 19.6 7.9 * * * * * * * *
100 0.3 – – – – – – – – 3.8 13.0 10.4 3.0
200 0.6 – – – – 1.7 11.2 9.1 1.6 6.5 17.8 14.4 5.2
6 600 2.0 4.5 14.2 11.1 3.8 4.9 19.6 15.2 3.8 10.8 28.0 21.0 8.2
2000 6.8 8.9 24.2 18.4 7.2 8.4 32.0 23.5 6.3 17.0 44.0 30.0 12.4
4000 13.6 12.1 31.6 23.7 9.2 10.8 40.0 28.0 8.0 22.0 54.0 36.0 15.0
100 0.1 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.2 – – – – – – – – – – – –
10 600 0.7 – – – – 3.5 19.6 16.0 2.8 11.3 31.5 25.0 9.0
2000 2.4 8.6 20.6 20.6 7.1 9.1 36.0 28.0 7.0 19.5 52.0 38.0 15.0
4000 4.8 13.0 27.6 27.6 10.3 12.2 48.0 36.0 9.6 26.0 63.0 46.0 19.0
CONVERSIONS WITH COMPACT LAMP DOWNLIGHTER 90°
cd/1000lm
90°
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.00
DLOR 0.60
300 LOR 0.60
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 3.3 2.4 5.8 5.8 2.4 2.0 6.7 6.7 2.0 3.5 7.2 7.2 3.5
200 6.7 2.9 6.6 6.6 2.9 2.3 6.9 6.9 2.3 3.6 7.8 7.8 3.6
2.5 600 21.1 3.5 7.6 7.6 3.5 2.6 7.7 7.7 2.6 3.9 8.7 8.7 3.9
2000 67.0 4.1 8.2 8.2 4.1 * * * * * * * *
4000 134.0 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.3 2.1 6.0 6.0 2.1 2.1 8.7 8.7 2.1 4.6 10.4 10.4 4.6
200 2.6 3.0 8.8 8.8 3.1 3.0 9.8 9.8 3.0 5.2 11.0 11.0 5.2
4 600 7.8 4.7 10.5 10.5 4.7 3.6 11.1 11.1 3.6 5.7 12.6 12.6 5.7
2000 26.0 5.5 11.8 11.8 5.5 3.8 12.0 12.0 3.8 6.2 13.0 13.0 6.2
4000 52.0 5.7 12.6 12.6 5.7 * * * * * * * *
120 100 0.6 – – – – 1.1 8.2 8.2 1.1 4.8 13.6 13.6 4.8
200 1.2 1.7 8.4 8.4 1.7 2.9 12.1 12.1 2.9 6.8 15.0 15.0 6.8
6 600 3.6 5.5 14.0 14.o 5.5 4.9 15.6 15.6 4.9 8.0 17.6 17.6 8.0
2000 12.0 7.5 17.0 17.0 7.5 5.9 17.7 17.7 5.9 9.0 18.9 18.9 9.0
4000 21.0 8.5 17.8 17.8 8.5 6.1 18.5 18.5 6.1 * * * *
100 0.2 – – – – – – – – 1.6 13.0 13.0 1.6
200 0.4 – – – – – – – – 6.5 19.6 19.6 6.52.2
10 600 1.2 3.9 15.0 15.0 3.9 5.2 21.6 21.6 5.2 11.5 25.6 25.6 11.5
2000 4.2 9.8 24.4 24.4 9.8 8.4 25.3 25.3 8.4 13.5 30.4 30.4 13.5
4000 8.4 12.2 27.5 27.5 12.2 9.4 26.3 26.3 9.4 15.2 33.0 33.0 15.2
CONVERSIONS WITH TROUGH REFLECTOR 90°

cd/1000lm
90° Nadir intensity 241cd/1000lm
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.04
DLOR 0.83
300 LOR 0.87
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 2.5 2.3 6.8 5.4 1.9 2.3 9.0 7.0 1.8 4.8 11.8 9.6 3.9
200 5.2 3.4 9.0 7.6 2.7 3.1 10.9 8.8 2.6 5.9 13.8 11.4 4.8
2.5 600 15.6 5.1 12.1 10.0 4.0 4.2 14.0 12.6 3.5 7.1 16.2 16.0 6.5
2000 52.0 6.2 15.0 14.0 5.7 4.4 14.6 13.1 3.6 7.3 17.1 16.4 6.7
4000 104.0 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.0 0.1 6.4 5.2 0.1 2.2 9.7 7.9 1.8 5.4 14.0 9.0 3.0
200 2.0 3.2 10.2 8.4 2.6 3.5 13.0 10.3 2.9 7.0 17.4 14.2 5.8
4 600 6.0 5.9 15.2 12.1 4.7 5.3 18.2 15.0 4.2 9.5 22.0 19.6 8.0
2000 20.0 8.7 19.8 17.8 7.1 6.9 23.2 21.0 6.2 10.6 24.0 22.0 9.2
4000 40.0 9.9 23.2 21.0 8.9 * * * * * * * *
100 0.4 – – – – – – – – 4.9 14.8 12.6 4.2
200 0.9 – – – – 2.8 13.2 11.0 2.5 7.4 20.2 16.2 6.3
6 600 2.7 5.6 16.5 13.0 4.8 5.7 21.6 17.2 4.5 11.7 26.8 23.4 9.5
2000 9.2 10.1 25.6 20.4 8.1 8.7 30.0 25.2 7.0 15.5 35.0 32.0 13.5
4000 18.4 12.8 27.6 25.0 10.2 9.4 34.0 30.0 8.7 * * * *
100 0.1 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.2 – – – – – – – – 6.6 21.6 17.6 5.12
10 600 0.9 – – – – 5.5 23.6 19.0 4.2 13.0 34.4 28.0 10.7
2000 3.2 10.7 30.0 24.0 8.8 10.5 38.0 30.8 8.4 20.6 48.0 40.0 16.2
4000 6.4 15.0 39.0 30.5 12.0 13.6 46.0 36.0 9.8 24.0 52.8 50.0 20.0
CONVERSIONS WITH PRISMATIC DIFFUSER cd/1000lm 150
120° 100 120°
50
90° 90°
ULOR 0.32
DLOR 0.49
60° 60°
LOR 0.81
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.8 1.5 5.2 4.2 1.3 1.8 7.0 5.5 1.4 4.0 11.0 7.2 3.0
200 3.7 2.6 7.4 5.8 2.1 2.5 10.1 6.9 2.0 5.5 14.4 8.6 3.7
2.5 600 11.1 4.5 11.6 7.6 3.2 4.0 15.3 8.8 2.6 8.3 21.0 11.6 4.8
2000 37.0 7.0 18.4 10.2 4.3 4.9 18.5 10.3 3.0 9.7 24.5 12.8 5.4
4000 74.0 8.0 21.6 11.3 4.7 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – – – – 1.5 7.0 6.1 1.1 4.2 11.6 9.0 3.5
200 2.6 2.2 7.2 5.4 1.6 2.5 10.4 8.3 1.9 5.8 15.8 10.8 4.5
4 600 4.3 4.6 12.7 9.5 3.7 4.4 17.0 11.3 3.3 9.4 24.0 14.2 6.0
2000 15.0 7.9 21.0 13.0 5.6 7.3 26.0 15.7 4.5 14.7 13.0 19.6 8.2
4000 30.0 10.3 26.4 15.6 6.5 * * * * * * * *
100 0.32 – – – – – – – – 3.5 11.4 9.6 3.0
121
200 0.64 - - - - 1.8 10.0 8.8 1.4 5.8 16.3 13.0 4.9
6 600 2.0 4.2 13.0 10.8 3.6 4.5 17.6 13.3 3.7 10.1 26.2 17.3 7.3
2000 6.4 8.2 22.2 15.7 6.2 7.7 31.0 19.0 5.4 16.0 42.0 24.0 10.0
4000 13.0 11.2 30.0 19.0 7.8 10.5 40.0 23.0 6.6 21.0 52.0 29.0 12.0
100 0.11 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.23 – – – – – – – – 3.6 16.0 13.6 2.72.2
10 600 0.66 – – – – 3.5 18.2 15.9 2.8 10.2 28.0 21.7 8.4
2000 2.2 8.0 23.6 19.0 6.8 8.2 28.0 24.0 6.6 18.0 48.0 30.4 12.6
4000 4.4 11.8 32.3 24.2 9.5 11.3 44.0 28.0 8.4 24.0 56.0 38.0 15.2
CONVERSIONS WITH RECESSED MODULAR FITTED WITH 90°

cd/1000lm
90°
FLAT PRISMATIC DIFFUSER
60° 60°
80
ULOR 0.00
120
DLOR 0.47
160 LOR 0.47
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.8 1.4 4.6 4.6 1.4 1.6 5.6 5.6 1.6 3.4 8.6 8.6 3.4
200 3.6 2.3 6.2 6.2 2.3 2.2 7.0 7.0 2.2 4.3 10.6 10.6 4.3
2.5 600 10.8 3.6 9.2 9.2 3.6 3.2 9.5 9.5 3.2 6.1 14.8 14.8 6.1
2000 18 4.3 10.6 10.6 4.3 3.7 11.5 11.5 3.7 * * * *
4000 36 5.3 13.2 13.2 5.3 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – 3.2 3.2 – 1.1 6.3 6.3 1.1 3.6 9.8 9.8 3.6
200 1.4 1.6 6.4 6.4 1.6 2.2 8.4 8.4 2.2 5.0 12.8 12.8 5.0
4 600 4.2 4.0 10.6 10.6 4.0 3.7 11.8 11.8 3.7 7.3 18.0 18.0 7.3
2000 7 5.0 12.8 12.8 5.0 4.5 14.0 14.0 4.5 8.4 20.8 20.8 8.4
4000 14 6.4 16.0 16.0 6.4 5.6 17.1 17.1 5.6 * * * *
100 0.3 – – – – – 6.0 6.0 – 2.8 10.0 10.0 2.8
200 0.6 – 4.0 4.0 – 1.4 9.0 9.0 1.4 5.0 14.0 14.0 5.0
6 600 1.8 3.5 11.2 11.2 3.5 3.9 13.9 13.9 3.9 8.2 20.8 20.8 8.2
2000 3 5.1 14.0 14.0 5.1 4.9 16.2 16.2 4.9 10.0 24.4 24.4 10.0
4000 6 7.1 18.4 18.4 7.1 6.4 20.3 20.3 6.4 12.2 20.4 20.4 12.2
100 0.11 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.22 – – – – – – – – 2.0 13.2 13.2 2.02.2
10 600 0.66 – – – – 2.7 15.4 15.4 2.7 8.8 24.0 24.0 8.8
2000 1.1 2.3 13.6 13.6 2.3 4.8 19.0 19.0 4.8 11.2 29.2 29.2 11.2
4000 2.2 6.8 20.4 20.4 6.8 7.1 24.1 24.1 7.1 14.6 37.2 37.2 14.6
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Anti-Panic (Open) Area Lighting Emergency Lighting
The part of Emergency Escape Lighting provided to avoid panic and The lighting provided for use when the supply to the normal mains lighting
provide illumination allowing people to reach a place where an escape installation fails.
route can be identified.
Escape Route Lighting
Ballast Lighting provided to ensure that the means of escape can be effectively
The component that controls the operation of a lamp from a specified low identified and safely used when a location is occupied.
or high voltage AC or DC source (Typically between 12 and 240 volts).
Emergency Exit
Ballast Lumen Factor The way out of a building, which is intended to be used at any time whilst
The ratio of the light output of the lamp in emergency operation compared the premises are occupied.
with the light output of the same lamp operated by a reference ballast at
its rated voltage and frequency. ‘F’ Mark
Mark indicating that a luminaire is suitable for mounting on to normally
Battery combustible surfaces.
Secondary cells providing the source of power during mains failure.
Final Exit
Battery - Recombination The terminal point of an escape route, beyond which point persons are no
A battery that is designed to recombine the electrolyte, constructed so longer in danger from fire or any other hazard requiring evacuation of the
that no provision is made for replacement of electrolyte (sometimes called building.
sealed).
122 Battery - Vented
Glare
The discomfort or disability that occurs when there is an excessive
A battery that requires replacement of electrolyte at regular periods. change of luminance in the field of vision.
Battery Capacity High Risk Task Area Lighting

The discharge capability of a battery, being a product of average current Emergency lighting provided to ensure the safety of people involved in
and time, expressed as Ampere-hours (Ah) over a stated duration. a potentially dangerous process or situation and to enable proper shut
Note: At fast rates of discharge the full ampere hour capacity of the down procedures for the safety of the operator and other occupants of
battery is not available. the premises.
Candela (cd) Housing 850°C Test

The unit of luminous intensity. Mandatory test for emergency luminaires used on escape routes,
to establish that materials do not burn at given temperature.
Central Battery System Self-extinguishing grades of plastic must be used, or alternatively
A system in which the batteries for a number of emergency luminaires are glass and/or steel.
housed in one location. Usually for all the emergency luminaires on one
lighting sub-circuit, but sometimes for all emergency luminaires in a ICEL 1001 Registration
complete building. The industry standard for the approval of photometric performance and
claimed data of emergency lighting equipment, which is tested by the
Colour Rendering Index (CRI) British Standards Institute.
A measure of the degree to which the appearance of a surface colour
under a given light source compares to the same surface under a CIE Illuminance (lux)
reference source. The index has a maximum value of 100. The luminous flux density at a surface, indicated in lm/m2.
Colour Temperature (°K) Ingress Protection (IP) Number

All materials emit light when heated (e.g. metal glows red through to white Classification of the degree of protection a luminaire provides against the
as the temperature increase). The temperature to which a full radiator entry of solid foreign bodies and moisture.
(or ‘black body’) would be heated to achieve the same chromaticity
(colour quality) of the light source being considered, defines the correlated Isolux Diagram
colour temperature of the lamp, quoted in degrees Kelvin. Diagram showing contours of equal illuminance
Combined Emergency Luminaire K Factor

A luminaire containing two or more lamps, at least one of which is The ratio of the light output from the lamp in its worst condition, normally
energised from the emergency supply and the remainder from the normal at end of discharge and with any cable volt drop, to the output at nominal
supply (If the emergency lamp is only illuminated in a mains failure voltage.
condition this luminaire is regarded for fire authority approval as non-
maintained). Lamp Lumen Maintenance Factor (LLMF)
The proportion of light output of a lamp after a stated period, compared
Design Voltage with initial lumen output.
The voltage declared by the manufacturer to which all the ballast

characteristics are related. Lamp Survival Factor (LSF)
The proportion of functioning lamps in an installation after a stated period.
Disability Glare
Glare produced directly or by reflection, that obscures or impairs vision Light Loss Factor (LLF)
of an object, but does not necessarily cause any discomfort. See Maintenance Factor
Discomfort Glare Light Output Ratio (LOR)

Glare which causes visual discomfort. The ratio of the total light output of a luminaire, compared with total lamp
light output.
Downward Light Output Ratio (DLOR)
The ratio of luminaire light output below the horizontal, compared with
total lamp light output.
Lumen (lm) Rated Load
The unit of luminous flux used to describe the quantity of light emitted by The maximum load which may be connected to the system which will be
a source or received by a surface. supplied for the rated duration.
Luminaire Re-charge Period

Apparatus which distribute the light given by a lamp or lamps, including all The time necessary for the batteries to regain sufficient capacity to
the items necessary for fixing and protecting the lamps and for achieve their rated duration.
connecting them to the electrical supply.
Room Index (K)
Luminaire Maintenance Factor (LMF) Index defining the relationship between the height, length and width of a
The proportion of light output from a luminaire with dirt deposition after room. Used for illuminance calculations.
a stated period, compared with the initial light output when clean.
Room Surface Maintenance Factor (RSMF)
Luminance (cd/m2) The proportion of illuminance provided by a lighting installation with dirt
The perceived brightness of a surface, measured by the intensity of light deposition on the room surfaces after a stated period, compared with the
emitted or reflected from a surface area in a given direction. illuminance when the room was clean.
Luminous Efficacy (lm/W) Self Contained Emergency Luminaire

The ratio of light emitted, to the power consumed by a lamp. A luminaire or sign providing Maintained or Non-Maintained emergency
lighting, in which all the elements such as battery, the lamp and the
Luminous Flux (lm) control unit are contained within the housing or within 1 metre of the
The total light emitted by a lamp, measured in lumens. housing. 123
Luminous Intensity (cd) Single Point Luminaire
The power of a light source or illuminated surface to emit light in a given See self-contained emergency luminaire.
direction, measured in candela.
Slave Luminaire
Lux An emergency luminaire without its own batteries, which is designed to
The unit if illuminance, equal to one lumen per square metre (lm/m2) work in conjunction with a central battery system.
Maintained Emergency Luminaire Spacing to Height Ratio (SHR)

A luminaire containing one or more lamps, all of which operate from the The ratio of the distance between luminaire centres in relation to their
normal supply or from the emergency supply at all material times. height above the working plane. Maximum spacing to height ratio
(SHRmax) is the maximum spacing of an array of luminaires that will
Maintenance Factor (MF) achieve a ratio of min/max direct illuminance of at least 0.7.
The ratio of the illuminance provided by an installation at a stated period,
compared to the installation when new. Calculated as a product of lamp Standby Lighting
lumen, lamp survival, luminaire and room surface maintenance factors. The part of emergency lighting which may be provided to enable normal
activities to continue in the event of a mains supply failure.
Mounting Height
The vertical distance between the luminaire and the working plane. Sustained Emergency Luminaire
Note: For emergency lighting the floor is always taken to be the working See combined emergency luminaire.
plane.
Uniformity
Non-Maintained Emergency Luminaire The ratio between minimum illuminance (or luminance) to average
A luminaire containing one or more lamps, which operate from the illuminance (or luminance), usually measured at the working plane.
emergency supply only upon failure of the normal mains supply.
Upward Light Output Ratio (ULOR)
Rated Duration The ratio of luminaire light output above the horizontal, compared with
The manufacturers declared duration for a battery operated emergency total lamp light output.
lighting unit, specifying the time for which it will operate after mains failure.
This may be for any reasonable period, but is normally one or three hours Utilance (U)
(when fully charged). The proportion of luminous flux emitted by a luminaire which reaches the
working plane.
Utilisation Factor (UF)

The proportion of luminous flux emitted by a lamp (or lamps) which
reaches the working plane.
CONTACT DETAILS
Cooper Lighting and Safety Products are available through a network of stockists, backed up by extensive stocks held
at our National Distribution Centre. For assistance in specifying and ordering products, or to obtain further information,
please contact the appropriate department below:
UK Sales Enquiries Head Office Address

Tel: 01302 303303 Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd
Fax: 01302 367155 Wheatley Hall Road
E-mail: sales@cooper-ls.com Doncaster
South Yorkshire
Technical Support and Application - Lighting DN2 4NB
Tel: 01302 303240 www.cooper-ls.com
Fax: 01302 303219
E-mail: led@cooper-ls.com
London Project Office Address
Technical Support and Application - Fire/Emergency Testing Cooper Lighting and Safety Ltd
Systems Suite 2, King Harold Court
Tel: 01302 303350 Sun Street
Fax: 01302 303340 Waltham Abbey
Essex
124 E-mail: technical@cooper-ls.com
EN9 1ER
Technical Support and Quotations - Central Systems Tel: 01992 787999
Tel: 01302 321541 Fax: 01992 787222
Fax: 01302 367155 E-mail: london@cooper-ls.com
E-mail: central.systems@cooper-ls.com
Middle East Office Address
Service Department Cooper Middle East
Tel: 01302 303352 Office No. 301-302
Fax: 01302 303332 Building No. 49
E-mail: service@cooper-ls.com Dubai Health Care City
Dubai
UAE
Request for Literature/Software
Tel: +971 4 4272500 Fax: +971 4 4298521
Tel: 01302 303200
Fax: 01302 303203 Eastern European Office Addresses
E-mail: marketing@cooper-ls.com Cooper Europe
Gotthardská 4
Export Sales Enquiries
Prague 6
Tel: +44 1302 303250
160 00
Fax: +44 1302 303251
Czech Republic
E-mail: export@cooper-ls.com
Tel/Fax: +420 224 320 023
Quotations - Lighting Cooper Industries Poland LLC Sp.zo.o.
Tel: 01302 303234 ul.Pulawska 481
Fax: 01302 303235 PL 02-844
E-mail: quotes@cooper-ls.com Warsaw
Poland
Quotations - Fire Tel: +48 22 546 1820 Fax: +48 22 546 1821
Tel: 01302 303351
Fax: 01302 303340 Russian Federation Office Address
E-mail: fire.quotes@cooper-ls.com Cooper Industries Russia
2 Vodnikov Street
Request for Visit/Contact by a Sales Engineer Moscow
Tel: 01302 303303 125362
Fax: 01302 367155 Russia

E-mail: sales@cooper-ls.com Tel: +7 495 510 2427 Fax: +7 495 510 2428
Cooper Lighting and Safety is an operating company of Cooper Safety, the Cooper Industries Inc. division for lighting and fire systems in Europe.
To find out more about the Cooper Safety Division or parent company Cooper Industries Inc, please visit the websites listed below
Cooper Industries Inc Cooper Saftey

PO Box 4446 Jephson Court
Houston Tancred Close
Texas 77210 Royal Leamington Spa
USA Warwickshire
Tel: 00713 209 8400 CV31 3RZ
Fax: 00713 209 8995 Tel: 01926 439200
Web: www.cooperindustries.com Fax: 01926 439240
Web: www.cooper-safety.com
EMERGENCY LIGHTING SPACING TABLES
Note: The photometric design data is registered within the ICEL photometric scheme which requires that
a) The luminaire complies with BSEN 60598.2.22 c) The fittings are tested photometrically by BSI
b) Cooper Lighting and Security has BSEN ISO9000 approval d) The derived data is subject to ICEL’s third party inspection
Self Contained Luminaires Escape route 2m wide Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area

0.5L 0.5L
under
Atlantic NM 2.5 1.66 1.6 7.4 4.3 1.3 5.4 12.9 7.3 3.0 2.5 9.1 5.3 1.4
4.0 0.65 - - - - 5.1 15.2 8.8 3.0 0.7 9.6 5.8 0.4
6.0 0.29 - - - - 2.2 13.2 8.4 1.6 - - - -
M 2.5 1.40 1.2 6.6 3.9 1.0 5.4 12.9 7.3 3.0 2.3 8.8 5.0 1.4
4.0 0.55 - - - - 5.1 15.2 8.8 3.0 0.9 8.0 5.0 0.6
6.0 0.25 - - - - 2.2 13.2 8.4 1.6 - - - -
Atlantic Plus NM 2.5 3.05 3.5 10.3 5.8 2.1 6.5 15.8 9.6 3.9 3.6 10.9 6.7 2.0
4.0 1.19 1.6 8.8 5.6 1.1 7.5 19.8 11.2 4.2 3.0 13.4 7.7 1.9
6.0 0.53 - - - - 6.0 20.4 12.0 4.0 1.1 11.1 5.0 0.7
452 M 2.5 2.59 3.0 9.6 5.4 1.9 6.5 15.8 9.6 3.9 3.3 10.0 6.1 1.8
4.0 1.01 0.8 7.2 5.0 0.3 7.5 19.8 11.2 4.2 2.5 12.8 7.2 1.7
6.0 0.45 - - - - 6.0 20.4 12.0 4.0 - - - -
Britelite NM 2.5 3.28 3.9 11.3 4.0 2.0 7.4 17.6 8.8 3.6 4.0 12.0 6.0 1.9
4.0 1.28 2.1 9.6 5.6 1.2 8.4 21.8 10.8 4.0 3.3 14.8 7.2 1.9
6.0 0.57 - - - - 7.0 24.0 11.6 4.0 1.6 12.4 7.4 0.8
M 2.5 2.75 3.3 10.7 5.2 1.8 7.4 17.8 8.8 3.6 3.7 11.7 5.8 1.8
4.0 1.07 1.5 8.0 5.0 0.7 8.4 21.8 10.8 4.0 3.5 14.2 7.0 1.7
6.0 0.48 - - - - 7.0 24.0 11.6 4.0 - - - -
Eurolite NM 2.5 2.28 2.6 6.9 4.3 1.3 4.3 10.1 8.0 3.2 2.2 7.5 5.6 1.5
4.0 0.89 - 7.4 3.1 - 5.3 12.9 8.0 3.2 2.5 8.6 5.6 1.0
6.0 0.40 - - - - 5.7 15.1 9.1 2.4 - - - -
M 2.5 1.94 2.5 6.7 4.1 1.2 4.3 10.1 8.0 3.2 2.2 7.2 5.4 1.4
4.0 0.75 - 6.6 2.0 - 5.3 12.9 8.0 3.2 2.4 8.2 5.4 0.9
6.0 0.33 - - - - 5.7 15.1 9.1 2.4 - - - -
Kwiklite NM 2.5 2.46 2.5 6.9 6.5 2.2 4.6 11.8 10.6 4.2 2.4 8.1 7.2 2.2
4.0 0.96 - 6.7 6.3 - 5.0 13.2 12.0 4.6 2.3 9.2 8.4 2.2
6.0 0.42 - - - - 5.3 14.1 13.3 4.5 - 9.8 9.1 -
M 2.5 2.09 2.2 6.5 6.0 1.8 4.6 11.8 10.6 4.2 2.2 7.8 7.0 2.1
4.0 0.81 - 6.1 5.6 - 5.0 13.2 12.0 4.6 2.1 8.5 7.8 1.9
6.0 0.36 - - - - 5.3 14.1 13.3 4.5 - - - -
New Safe 8 NM 2.5 2.30 2.0 5.9 5.3 1.8 4.3 10.8 8.8 3.5 2.0 7.5 6.0 1.6
4.0 0.92 - - - - 4.2 12.2 10.3 3.9 1.8 8.4 7.0 1.6
6.0 0.42 - - - - 3.8 12.0 10.8 3.3 - - - -
M 2.5 2.02 1.8 5.4 4.9 1.8 4.3 10.8 8.8 3.5 1.6 7.2 5.7 1.3
Technical - Emergency Lighting Spacing Tables
4.0 0.79 - - - - 4.2 12.2 10.3 3.9 1.6 7.5 6.5 1.4
6.0 0.35 - - - - 3.8 12.0 10.8 3.3 - - - -
Planete NM 2.5 4.70 5.1 14.0 6.6 2.5 9.0 21.2 11.2 4.6 4.9 14.5 7.2 2.4
4.0 1.80 3.0 16.3 6.4 2.1 11.6 27.6 13.4 5.0 5.7 18.0 8.6 2.5
6.0 0.82 - 8.0 6.0 - 12.6 32.0 15.5 5.0 3.5 21.0 10.0 2.1
Roundlite NM 2.5 5.30 3.1 9.1 9.1 3.1 6.0 14.2 14.2 5.6 3.1 9.6 9.6 3.1
4.0 2.07 2.6 8.6 8.6 2.6 6.3 16.4 16.4 6.3 3.0 11.2 11.2 3.0
6.0 0.87 - 7.0 7.0 - 6.1 17.8 17.8 6.1 2.4 12.0 12.0 2.4
M 2.5 4.51 2.8 8.1 8.1 2.8 5.6 14.2 14,2 5.6 2.8 9.2 9.2 2.8
4.0 1.76 2.3 7.7 7.7 2.3 6.3 16.4 16.4 6.3 2.7 10.6 10.6 2.7
6.0 0.74 - 6.0 6.0 - 6.1 17.8 17.8 6.1 1.7 11.2 11.2 1.7
Slimlite NM 2.5 1,17 1.4 4.8 4.4 1.2 3.5 9.2 8.4 3.2 1.6 6.3 5.7 1.4
4.0 0.46 - - - - 3.4 10.0 9.2 3.2 - - - -
6.0 0.21 - - - - - - - - - - - -
M 2.5 1.02 1.1 4.4 4.0 0.9 3.5 9.2 8.4 3.2 1.5 6.0 5.6 1.4
4.0 0.40 - - - - 3.4 10.0 9.2 3.2 - - - -
6.0 0.18 - - - - - - - - - - - -
Vistral NM 2.5 2.70 2.4 5.8 5.4 1.9 3.8 9.2 9.1 3.6 2.0 6.3 6.2 1.9
4.0 1.06 1.6 7.2 5.1 0.6 4.4 10.7 10.6 4.0 2.5 7.4 7.0 1.7
6.0 0.47 - - - - 5.3 13.0 11.3 3.6 - 8.8 7.4 -
M 2.5 2.16 2.3 5.6 5.0 1.7 3.6 9.2 9.1 3.6 2.0 5.9 5.7 1.7
4.0 0.90 - 6.8 4.4 - 4.4 10.7 10.6 4.0 2.3 7.0 6.7 1.5
6.0 0.40 - - - - 5.3 13.0 11.3 3.6 - 8.5 7.0 -
Weatherlite NM 2.5 4.00 2.7 7.2 6.6 2.5 4.8 12.4 10.8 4.3 2.5 8.5 7.4 2.3
4.0 1.56 2.1 7.5 6.8 1.9 5.3 15.5 12.8 4.9 2.6 9.8 8.6 2.3
6.0 0.69 - 5.3 4.7 - 5.3 15.5 13.7 4.8 1.8 10.3 9.5 1.6
M 2.5 3.40 2.5 7.0 6.3 2.2 4.8 12.4 10.6 4.3 2.4 7.8 6.8 2.1
4.0 1.32 1.6 6.8 6.2 1.4 5.3 15.5 12.8 4.9 2.3 9.2 8.2 2.1
6.0 0.59 - 3.6 3.4 - 5.3 15.5 13.7 4.8 1.2 9.8 8.8 1.1

0.5L 0.5L
under
Atlantic AC/DC 2.5 3.05 3.5 10.4 5.9 2.0 6.7 16.2 10.0 4.0 3.6 10.7 6.7 2.0
4.0 1.19 1.3 9.9 5.6 1.1 8.1 20.3 12.0 4.6 3.1 13.5 7.7 2.0
6.0 0.53 - - - - 7.4 23.0 13.0 4.6 1.1 12.0 7.9 0.7
AC/AC 2.5 4.40 4.3 11.4 6.6 2.4 6.9 15.8 10.8 4.4 4.0 10.6 7.0 1.7
4.0 1.70 2.7 12.0 6.6 2.0 8.9 20.8 13.0 5.2 4.2 13.7 8.5 1.7
6.0 0.80 - 6.2 5.4 - 9.3 22.4 14.8 5.4 2.2 15.3 9.5 1.4
Eurolite AC/DC 2.5 3.22 3.3 8.2 5.7 2.0 5.1 12.0 10.0 4.0 2.8 8.1 6.4 2.0
4.0 1.25 3.2 9.9 5.6 1.3 6.5 15.6 11.6 4.5 3.4 10.2 7.5 1.9
6.0 0.56 - - - - 7.3 18.8 12.0 5.0 3.3 12.3 7.7 0.8
AC/AC 2.5 4.40 3.6 8.6 6.4 2.4 5.3 12.4 10.6 4.4 3.0 8.3 7.0 1.6 453
4.0 1.70 2.7 10.8 6.4 2.0 6.7 15.8 12.6 4.9 3.8 10.4 8.4 1.6
6.0 0.80 - 11.8 5.4 - 8.1 20.0 14.0 5.3 4.1 13.0 9.1 1.4
New Safe 8 AC/DC 2.5 4.43 2.8 8.2 6.8 2.6 5.8 14.0 10.5 4.6 2.8 9.2 7.2 2.3
4.0 1.73 2.6 8.0 7.3 2.2 6.5 17.0 13.6 5.4 2.8 11.2 8.9 2.5
6.0 0.77 - - - - 6.3 18.2 15.6 5.7 2.3 11.0 9.8 2.1
AC/AC 2.5 6.10 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.8 6.0 15.8 11.4 4.7 3.0 10.1 7.4 1.9
4.0 2.30 3.0 9.4 8.2 2.8 7.1 18.2 14.6 5.8 3.3 11.9 9.5 2.1
6.0 1.10 1.2 8.8 7.8 1.0 7.5 22.0 17.0 6.4 3.1 13.4 11.1 2.0
Slimlite AC/DC 2.5 2.24 2.3 6.6 6.2 2.2 4.9 12.4 11.0 4.3 2.3 7.9 7.2 2.1
4.0 0.88 - - - - 5.5 14.0 12.9 4.9 2.2 8.9 8.4 2.1
6.0 0.39 - - - - 5.2 14.8 14.0 4.7 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 4.10 2.3 6.4 6.2 2.2 4.3 10.8 10.6 4.2 2.2 7.3 7.1 1.6
4.0 1.50 2.0 6.6 6.6 1.8 5.2 12.8 13.0 5.0 2.3 8.4 8.4 1.7
6.0 0.75 - 5.4 5.2 - 5.6 15.4 14.4 5.6 1.9 9.7 9.5 1.3
Vistral AC/DC 2.5 4.89 2.9 6.8 6.8 2.6 4.8 12.0 11.2 4.6 2.3 7.5 7.2 2.3
4.0 1.91 3.5 8.6 7.4 2.3 5.5 14.0 13.6 5.4 3.0 8.9 8.9 2.5
6.0 0.85 - - - - 6.6 16.0 15.5 5.8 3.5 10.0 9.8 2.1
AC/AC 2.5 6.70 3.1 7.8 7.8 3.0 5.1 12.6 11.8 5.0 2.7 8.4 7.7 2.0
4.0 2.60 3.9 9.0 8.4 2.9 6.0 14.8 14.8 6.0 3.2 9.8 9.8 2.1
6.0 1.10 3.1 11.2 7.6 1.4 7.0 17.6 17.6 6.7 3.9 11.2 11.2 1.9
Weatherlite AC/DC 2.5 3.68 2.6 7.2 6.4 2.4 5.2 13.2 10.7 4.4 2.3 8.6 7.1 2.2
4.0 1.43 2.0 7.2 6.6 2.0 5.7 15.2 13.2 5.1 2.5 9.8 8.4 2.1
6.0 0.64 - - - - 5.8 16.3 14.3 5.2 1.5 10.0 9.0 1.4
AC/AC 2.5 5.10 3.1 8.4 6.8 2.5 5.8 14.4 11.6 4.7 2.9 9.5 7.3 1.7

4.0 1.90 2.8 8.8 7.6 2.3 6.7 16.6 13.8 5.6 3.1 10.9 9.1 1.9
6.0 1.00 0.5 8.0 6.8 0.5 7.0 19.2 16.6 6.2 2.8 12.3 10.6 1.7
CeaGuard Luminaires Escape route 2m wide Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area

0.5L 0.5L
under
75% Atlantic 2.5 3.60 3.9 11.0 6.3 2.3 6.9 16.4 10.3 4.3 3.8 11.2 7.0 2.2
AT230CG 4.0 1.41 2.0 10.3 6.3 1.6 8.6 21.0 12.7 5.0 3.6 14.0 8.3 2.2
6.0 0.63 - 4.4 4.0 - 8.5 24.2 14.1 5.0 1.5 15.4 8.9 1.4
75% New Safe 8 2.5 7.33 3.7 10.0 8.1 3.2 6.7 17.0 12.6 5.2 3.5 11.2 8.4 2.8
NS8230CG 4.0 2.86 3.6 10.5 9.2 3.2 8.0 20.0 16.0 3.2 3.6 13.3 10.5 3.2
6.0 1.27 2.5 10.0 9.1 2.1 8.3 22.0 18.4 7.1 3.5 14.2 11.4 3.1
75% Vistral 2.5 6.97 3.2 8.2 8.2 3.2 5.6 13.6 13.0 5.3 2.9 9.1 8.7 2.9
VS230CG 4.0 2.73 4.1 9.6 9.2 3.3 6.5 16.2 16.2 6.5 3.3 19.6 10.6 3.2
6.0 1.21 4.3 11.9 9.1 3.4 7.5 18.5 18.2 7.2 4.1 12.0 12.0 2.7
75% Eurolite 2.5 5.87 4.0 9.4 7.1 2.7 4.9 12.4 11.6 4.8 3.2 9.2 7.5 2.4
EU230CG 4.0 2.29 4.6 11.8 7.6 2.5 7.5 17.0 14.0 5.6 4.1 11.6 9.2 2.6
6.0 1.03 4.0 13.2 7.0 0.2 9.1 22.0 16.0 6.0 4.6 14.4 10.5 2.4
75% Weatherlite 2.5 5.86 3.4 8.9 7.8 2.9 6.3 16.0 12.8 5.2 3.1 10.2 8.4 2.7
WL230CG 4.0 2.28 3.2 9.4 8.4 2.9 7.0 18.0 15.6 6.2 3.2 11.6 9.9 2.9
6.0 1.02 1.0 8.8 8.0 1.0 7.5 20.0 17.6 6.7 3.0 12.9 11.3 2.8
Self Contained Luminaires Escape route 2m wide Escape route 2m wide Open (anti-panic) area

0.5L 0.5L
AG Bulkhead NM 2.5 1.8 5.6 4.7 1.5 4.0 10.3 8.3 3.2 2.0 5.4 4.4 1.6
3.0 1.4 5.5 4.6 1.1 4.0 10.7 8.9 3.3 1.9 5.5 4.6 1.6
4.0 - - - - 4.0 11.2 9.5 3.4 1.6 5.5 4.6 1.3
M 2.5 1.5 5.2 4.2 1.2 4.0 10.3 8.3 3.2 1.8 5.1 4.2 1.5
3.0 0.9 4.9 4.1 0.7 4.0 10.7 8.9 3.3 1.7 5.2 4.3 1.5
4.0 - - - - 4.0 11.2 9.5 3.4 1.2 5.0 4.2 1.0
Alfalux NM 2.5 2.0 6.0 5.1 1.7 4.2 10.9 3.6 8.9 2.2 6.0 4.8 1.9
and 3.0 1.8 5.9 5.1 1.5 4.3 11.4 9.5 3.7 2.2 8.2 5.0 1.7
Ekolux 4.0 - - - - 4.5 12.1 10.4 3.9 2.0 6.3 5.3 1.7
454 M 2.5 1.8 5.6 4.7 1.5 4.2 10.9 8.9 3.6 2.1 5.6 4.6 1.7
3.0 1.5 5.6 4.6 1.2 4.3 11.4 9.5 3.7 2.0 5.8 4.8 1.7
4.0 - - - - 4.5 12.1 10.4 3.9 1.7 5.8 4.9 1.5
Delta NM 2.5 1.8 7.8 3.8 1.0 5.3 13.4 6.8 2.7 2.7 9.3 4.7 1.3
3.0 1.0 7.4 3.4 1.1 5.6 14.4 7.2 2.7 2.5 10.0 5.0 1.1
4.0 - - - - 5.5 15.6 7.6 2.8 0.7 10.6 5.3 0.5
M 2.5 0.9 7.0 3.4 0.7 5.3 13.4 6.8 2.7 2.4 8.9 4.4 1.1
3.0 0.9 5.6 3.8 0.7 5.6 14.4 7.2 2.7 2.2 9.2 4.7 1.0
4.0 - - - - 5.5 15.6 7.6 2.6 0.5 8.4 5.6- 0.4
DRG NM 2.5 2.4 6.5 6.5 2.4 4.4 11.1 11.1 4.4 3.2 7.5 7.5 3.2
3.0 2.4 6.8 6.8 2.4 4.6 12.0 12.0 4.6 2.3 8.2 8.2 2.3
4.0 1.9 6.8 6.8 1.9 4.0 12.9 12.9 4.0 2.3 8.9 8.9 2.3
M 2.5 2.3 5.2 5.2 2.3 4.4 11.1 11.1 4.4 2.1 7.2 7.2 2.1
3.0 2.1 5.0 5.0 2.1 4.6 12.0 12.0 4.6 2.2 7.7 7.7 2.2
4.0 1.4 6.1 6.1 1.4 4.0 10.9 10.9 4.0 2.1 8.4 8.4 2.1
Fairlite NM 2.5 1.5 4.8 4.8 1.5 3.5 9.0 9.0 3.5 1.6 5.6 5.6 1.6
RG and SG16W 3.0 1.1 4.5 4.5 1.1 3.6 9.6 9.6 3.6 1.6 6.1 6.1 1.6
4.0 - - - - 3.8 10.1 10.1 3.8 1.2 6.5 6.5 1.2
M 2.5 2.3 6.3 6.3 2.3 4.4 11.1 11.1 4.4 2.1 7.2 7.2 2.1
3.0 2.1 6.4 6.4 2.1 4.6 12.0 12.0 4.6 2.2 7.7 7.7 2.2
4.0 - - - - 3.4 9.6 9.6 3.4 0.8 6.1 6.1 0.8
Fairlite NM 2.5 2.1 6.0 6.0 2.1 4.2 10.4 10.4 4.2 2.1 7.0 7.0 2.1
RG28 and SG28 3.0 2.0 6.0 6.0 2.0 4.4 11.2 11.2 4.4 2.1 7.2 7.2 2.1
4.0 1.2 5.9 5.9 1.2 4.7 12.2 12.2 4.7 2.0 8.0 8.0 2.0
M 2.5 1.9 5.6 5.6 1.9 4.0 10.0 10.0 4.0 1.9 6.7 6.7 1.9
3.0 1.7 5.6 5.6 1.7 4.2 10.4 10.4 4.2 1.9 7.0 7.0 1.9
4.0 0.4 5.2 5.2 0.4 4.4 11.4 11.4 4.4 1.8 7.4 7.4 1.8
Jubilee NM 2.5 2.0 5.8 5.4 1.8 4.0 10.5 9.2 3.6 2.1 5.7 5.0 1.9
3.0 1.7 5.9 5.4 1.6 4.2 11.0 9.8 3.8 2.1 5.9 5.2 1.9
4.0 - - - - 4.3 11.8 10.6 4.0 1.9 6.0 5.4 1.7
M 2.5 1.7 5.5 5.0 1.6 4.0 10.5 9.2 3.6 2.0 5.4 4.8 4.0
3.0 1.5 5.4 4.9 1.3 4.2 11.0 9.8 3.8 2.0 5.6 5.0 4.2
4.0 - - - - 4.3 11.8 10.6 4.0 1.7 5.6 5.1 4.3
Sintralite NM 2.5 2.0 5.8 4.8 1.6 3.9 9.9 8.4 3.3 2.0 6.7 4.3 1.6
3.0 1.5 5.9 4.8 1,4 4.0 10.2 8.8 3.2 2.0 7.0 5.8 1.6
4.0 - - - - 4.2 11.2 5.4 3.5 1.6 7.8 6.4 1.4
M 2.5 1.7 5.4 4.4 1.4 3.9 9.9 8.4 3.3 1.8 6.3 5.4 1.4
3.0 1.1 5.4 4.3 1.1 4.0 10.2 8.8 3.2 1.8 6.7 5.7 1.4
4.0 - - - - 4.2 11.2 5.4 3.5 1.1 7.2 6.1 1.1
Stylite NM 2.5 0.7 3.5 2.4 0.5 2.1 4.9 4.9 2.1 1.2 3.3 3.3 0.8
3.0 0.5 2.7 2.0 0.4 2.3 5.4 4.5 1.9 0.9 3.8 3.6 0.6
4.0 0.3 1.6 1.2 0.3 2.7 6.6 3.4 1.8 0.5 4.3 3.9 0.4
Waylite* M 2.0 2.6 6.6 4.8 1.8 5.0 12.0 7.8 3.2 - - - -
2.5 2.5 7.6 5.0 1.7 2.5 13.6 8.0 3.5 - - - -
3.0 3.2 7.6 5.0 1.5 5.7 14.0 8.5 3.7 - - - -
Zeta II NM 2.5 1.7 5.4 4.9 1.6 4.2 11.6 8.3 3.4 1.8 7.2 5.6 0.9
3.0 1.6 5.2 4.8 1.3 4.2 11.6 9.2 3.6 1.8 7.2 6.0 0.9
4.0 - - - - 4.3 11.9 10.0 3.9 1.6 7.5 6.5 1.4
M 2.5 1.5 5.0 4.6 1.4 4.0 10.8 8.2 3.3 1.7 7.0 5.4 1.5
3.0 1.3 4.8 4.4 1.0 4.0 11.0 8.8 3.5 1.6 7.0 5.7 1.5
4.0 - - - - 4.0 11.1 9.6 3.6 1.4 7.0 6.2 1.1
*Note: Exit signs should be mounted between 2.0 & 2.5m above floor level, unless an alternative height is agreed with the fire authority

0.5L 0.5L
AG Bulkhead AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 4.9 12.7 10.0 4.0 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 5.3 14.5 11.9 4.6 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
6.0 - - - - 5.1 15.5 13.1 4.6 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.0 6.0 2.2 5.7 14.8 10.6 4.2 2.8 9.8 7.0 1.5
4.0 2.3 7.8 6.6 1.8 6.2 16.6 12.6 5.0 2.7 10.8 8.4 1.7
6.0 - 6.8 5.6 - 6.7 18.6 14.8 5.7 2.4 11.8 9.9 1.4
Alfalux AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.0 5.8 2.1 4.9 12.7 10.0 4.0 2.5 6.6 5.3 2.0
and 4.0 1.5 6.6 5.7 1.2 5.3 14.5 11.9 4.6 2.4 7.0 5.8 2.0
Ekolux 6.0 - - - - 5.1 15.5 13.1 4.6 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 2.5 7.0 6.2 2.2 5.2 13.6 10.6 4.3 2.5 8.8 7.0 1.6 455
4.0 2.3 7.6 6.4 1.8 6.0 15.6 13.0 5.0 2.7 9.8 8.4 1.6
6.0 - 7.2 5.8 - 6.7 17.8 15.4 5.6 2.5 11.6 9.8 1.5
Delta AC/DC 2.5 3.7 10.2 5.0 1.8 7.0 17.8 8.4 3.5 3.5 11.7 5.6 1.7
4.0 2.2 8.5 6.0 1.6 6.7 18.7 10.4 4.0 3.5 12.7 6.7 1.6
6.0 - - - - 6.8 18.7 11.8 3.8 2.1 8.6 5.9 1.4
AC/AC 2.5 3.8 10.2 5.2 1.6 7.1 17.6 8.8 3.2 3.6 11.6 5.7 1.3
4.0 1.3 10.0 5.0 1.0 8.2 20.8 10.4 4.0 3.5 13.2 7.0 1.3
6.0 - 3.4 2.2 - 8.8 24.0 12.6 4.5 1.2 15.4 7.7 0.6
DRG AC/DC 2.5 3.6 9.5 9.5 3.6 6.4 16.0 16.0 6.4 3.2 10.3 10.3 3.2
4.0 3.9 10.5 10.5 3.9 7.2 18.4 18.4 7.2 3.7 12.0 12.0 3.7
6.0 3.2 10.8 10.8 3.2 8.2 21.0 21.0 8.2 3.8 14.0 14.0 3.8
AC/AC 2.5 5.5 13.6 13.6 5.5 9.1 24.0 24.0 9.1 4.7 15.4 15.4 4.7
4.0 6.4 16.4 16.4 6.4 10.8 27.0 27.0 10.8 5.7 18.2 18.2 5.7
6.0 7.0 18.4 18.4 7.0 12.5 31.5 31.5 12.5 6.4 20.7 20.7 6.4
Fairlite RG16W AC/AC 2.5 4.0 10.0 10.0 4.0 6.6 16.2 16.2 6.6 3.5 10.3 10.3 3.5
4.0 4.4 11.8 11.8 4.4 8.0 20.0 20.0 8.0 4.1 12.7 12.7 4.1
6.0 4.2 12.8 12.8 4.2 9.2 23.2 23.2 9.2 4.4 15.1 15.1 4.4
Fairlite RG28W AC/DC 2.5 3.2 8.4 8.4 3.2 5.7 13.6 13.6 5.7 2.9 9.1 9.1 2.9
4.0 4.4 9.6 9.6 4.4 6.7 16.5 16.5 6.7 3.3 11.2 11.2 3.3
6.0 2.4 9.5 9.5 2.4 7.5 19.1 19.1 7.5 3.3 12.6 12.6 3.3
AC/AC 2.5 5.0 12.5 12.5 5.0 8.2 18.4 18.4 8.2 4.4 12.6 12.6 4.4
4.0 5.9 15.1 15.1 5.9 10.0 22.0 22.0 10.0 5.2 15.4 15.4 5.2
6.0 6.4 16.8 16.8 6.4 11.4 26.0 26.0 11.4 5.8 18.1 18.1 5.8
Jubilee AC/DC 2.5 2.4 6.6 6.1 2.2 4.9 12.1 10.4 4.2 2.4 6.3 5.5 2.1

4.0 1.6 6.5 6.1 1.5 5.4 13.9 12.4 4.8 2.4 6.9 6.2 2.1
6.0 - - - - 5.2 15.2 13.8 4.8 - - - -
AC/AC 2.5 2.9 7.6 6.6 2.4 5.5 13.4 11.2 4.4 2.7 8.7 7.3 1.7
4.0 2.2 8.0 6.8 2.2 6.2 16.0 13.8 5.3 2.8 10.2 8.7 1.7
6.0 - 7.2 6.0 - 6.8 18.6 15.8 6.0 2.5 11.8 10.1 1.5
Sintralite AC/DC 2.5 2.8 7.5 6.3 2.3 5.0 12.2 10.2 4.2 2.5 8.0 6.8 2.1
4.0 2.1 8.0 6.4 1.9 5.7 14.4 12.2 4.9 2.8 9.5 8.2 2.2
6.0 - - - - 6.2 16.2 14.0 5.0 1.8 10.8 9.1 1.8
AC/AC 2.5 3.3 8.4 6.0 2.3 5.0 12.0 10.4 4.2 2.9 8.1 6.7 1.5
4.0 3.8 10.2 6.2 1.8 6.2 15.6 12.4 4.9 3.6 10.2 8.0 1.6
6.0 - 10.8 4.6 - 8.0 19.4 13.8 5.0 3.8 12.6 8.7 1.2
Zeta II AC/DC 2.5 2.5 7.2 6.0 2.3 5.5 14.6 9.7 4.1 2.6 7.4 5.3 2.1
4.0 1.0 7.0 6.7 1.9 5.7 15.8 12.0 4.8 2.5 7.5 6.3 2.3
6.0 - - - - 5.6 16.2 14.0 5.2 1.8 7.0 6.6 1.8
AC/AC 2.5 3.0 8.4 6.0 2.6 6.3 16.6 10.6 4.7 2.9 10.9 7.0 1.5
4.0 2.9 8.4 7.6 2.6 6.7 18.4 13.4 5.7 2.9 11.8 8.7 1.9
6.0 0.5 8.2 7.4 0.5 7.1 19.6 16.0 6.1 2.9 11.8 10.5 1.9
To enable photometric designs to be performed as required by BS 5266 pts 1 and 7, the following factors need to be used to ensure that the
worst case conditions are designed for.
Initial lamp lumens of the lamp must be derated by:

• Ballast lumen factor (for emergency circuits, these are independently tested and their % value is shown)
• K Factor for the effect of reduction in supply voltage as the battery discharges, and of cable voltage drop on central systems
• S Factor to compensate for the ageing of lamps during service life.
The effect of dirt on the diffuser must also be allowed for, so an allowance for 20% as recommended by ICEL has been built into these spacing
tables. If the design is being produced on a computer, similar allowance should be made.
System lumen reduction factors used in the following lumens chart are:
SYSTEM TYPE SELF-CONTAINED 24 VOLT SLAVE 50 & 110 VOLT SLAVE 230 VOLT INVERTER SLAVE
K Factor 0.85 0.65 0.7 0.95

S Factor 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
When applied with the appropriate Ballast Lumen Factors % with typical fluorescent lamps, they give the following Emergency Lighting Design
456 Lumens (ELDL) for typical fluorescent lamps which can be used for spacing calculations:
TRI-PHOSPHOR LINEAR LAMPS Self Contained Central Battery System

WATT LUMEN QX SERIES ADV SERIES 24V SLAVE 50V/110V SLAVE 230V SLAVE
Type BLF ELDL TYPE BLF ELDL BLF ELDL BLF ELDL ELDL
18 1350 BQX 10 100 ADV343 11 105 31 230 44 350 1100
36 3350 BQX 9 215 ADV343 8 195 22 400 33 650 2700
58 5200 CQX 6 225 ADV453 7 260 - - 24 740 4200
70 6550 DQX 5 235 ADV563 7 330 - - 18 700 5300
HALO-PHOSPHATE LINEAR LAMPS
18 1200 BQX 10 85 ADV343 11 95 31 200 44 310 970
36 2900 BQX 9 190 ADV343 8 185 22 350 33 560 2340
58 4800 CQX 6 210 ADV453 7 210 - - 24 685 3870
70 5800 DQX 5 210 ADV563 7 290 - - 18 620 4680
COMPACT LAMPS
16 - 2D 1050 BQX 13 100 ADV343 13 100 45 260 65 400 850
28 - 2D 2050 - - - ADV443 14 205 28 315 40 500 1655
38 - 2D 2850 - - - ADV553 12 245 23 360 33 560 2300
11 - TC-S 900 BQX 15 95 ADV343 19 125 49 240 70 375 725
13 - TC-D 900 BQX 14 90 ADV343 16 105 44 210 63 330 725
18 - TC-D 1200 BQX 10 85 ADV343 12 105 25 170 37 260 970
24 - TC-L 1800 - - - ADV343 11 145 28 275 40 425 1450
36 - TC-L 2900 BQX 7 145 ADV343 8 145 24 390 35 600 2300
Notes: 1. ADV series modules suitable for use with switch start circuits only
2. Other lamp type/wattage data on request
DESIGN PROCEDURE FOR CONVERTED MAINS LIGHTING LUMINAIRES

When normal mains luminaires are converted and utilised for emergency use, the procedure below should be followed:
1. The table of emergency lighting design lumens (above), should be consulted to determine the minimum emergency lamp output for the
particular lamp/circuit required, for use with either spacing tables or a computer design program.
2. The appropriate spacing table should then be selected and used, checking the following points:
• That the shape of the polar curve corresponds with the luminaire to be used
• That the value of the output is similar (LOR and at the nadir. Variations can be compensated for, by determining a ratio for the lamp
output value obtained in 1)
3. The spacing limits for escape routes or open areas can then be read off for specific height and lamp outputs.
Note: If different values of minimum light level are needed, they can also be obtained by determining a ratio for the lamp output value
i.e. To ensure a minimum of 10 lux on the centre line of an escape route, a value 10 times greater must be applied to the chart value.
So 2000 lumen lamp output gives the same spacing to 10 lux as 200 lumens does for 1 lux.
USE OF SPACING TABLES WITH COMPUTER PROGRAMS

Computer programs can provide accurate values for specific applications, using data for the exact luminaire, at the precise mounting height
and with the actual emergency lamp output, for any luminaire configuration.
To quickly develop an initial spacing layout, the spacing values from the nearest table should be used. This can then be applied to the software
and modified as required, to obtain the optimum luminaire layout. Illuminance levels can then be calculated, verifying the system design as
required by BS5266-1:1999 & EN1838.
CONVERSIONS WITH LOW BRIGHTNESS LOUVRE 90°
cd/1000lm
90°
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.00
DLOR 0.61
300 LOR 0.61
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
65°-200cd/m2 100 4.0 2.5 5.5 5.2 2.4 1.9 5.9 6.4 1.8 3.1 6.5 7.6 3.7
200 8.1 2.7 5.9 7.0 2.9 2.0 6.1 6.6 2.4 3.6 7.0 7.7 3.8
2.5 600 24.4 3.3 6.6 7.6 3.7 2.2 6.6 7.2 2.6 3.8 7.2 7.8 3.8
2000 81.1 3.6 7.0 7.7 3.8 * * * * * * * *
4000 163.2 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.6 2.9 7.2 6.4 1.9 2.5 8.6 8.8 2.2 4.5 9.8 10.4 4.6
200 3.2 3.6 8.6 8.8 3.2 3.0 9.1 9.9 3.0 4.9 10.2 10.6 5.1
4 600 9.6 4.6 9.8 11.0 4.7 3.4 10.4 11.0 3.8 5.3 11.4 12.1 5.6
2000 32.0 5.1 10.9 11.7 5.6 3.5 11.0 11.6 3.9 5.7 11.6 12.4 5.9
4000 64.0 5.3 11.6 12.2 5.7 * * * * * * * *
General 100 4.4 2.5 5.4 5.9 2.5 1.8 6.2 6.8 2.0 3.3 7.6 8.0 3.6
457
Purpose
200 8.8 2.7 6.4 7.0 2.9 2.2 6.5 7.6 2.4 3.8 7.8 8.6 4.0
2.5 600 26.4 3.4 7.6 8.2 3.7 2.5 7.2 8.6 2.6 3.9 8.3 9.2 4.2
2000 88.0 3.8 7.8 8.6 4.0 * * * * * * * *
4000 176 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.7 2.2 6.8 6.80 2.0 2.3 8.6 8.9 2.3 4.4 9.8 11.6 4.8
200 3.4 3.4 8.6 9.2 3.4 3.0 9.5 10.5 3.2 4.9 10.8 12.4 5.8
4 600 10.2 4.5 10.1 11.8 5.0 3.5 11.2 12.6 4.1 5.7 12.6 13.9 6.4
2000 34.0 5.4 12.0 13.2 6.1 3.7 12.0 13.4 4.2 6.1 12.9 14.8 6.7
4000 64.0 5.7 12.6 14.0 6.4 * * * * * * * *
CONVERSIONS WITH INDUSTRIAL WEATHERPROOF 120° cd/1000lm 120° Nadir intensity 129cd/1000lm
90° 90°
40 ULOR 0.15
60° 80 60° DLOR 0.57
120
LOR 0.72
30° 30°

Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.9 1.6 5.8 4.6 1.5 2.0 8.0 6.5 1.6 4.5 11.6 8.7 3.4
200 3.8 2.9 8.2 6.4 2.3 2.8 10.7 8.0 2.2 5.8 15.0 10.6 4.6
2.5 600 11.4 4.9 12.5 9.4 3.6 4.3 16.0 11.0 3.2 8.6 22.0 14.8 6.0
2000 28.0 7.5 19.0 13.0 5.2 5.2 19.0 13.0 3.6 9.8 25.1 16.0 6.7
4000 47.0 8.6 22.0 14.8 6.0 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – – – – 2.2 8.0 6.6 1.1 4.6 13.0 10.0 3.8
200 1.5 2.2 8.0 7.0 1.7 2.8 11.6 9.4 2.4 6.5 17.0 12.6 5.0
4 600 4.5 5.1 13.9 10.6 4.1 4.8 18.0 13.5 3.7 9.8 25.4 17.8 7.3
2000 15.2 8.5 22.0 15.8 6.2 7.7 28.0 19.5 5.5 15.0 38.0 25.0 10.3
4000 30.4 11.0 27.0 19.6 7.9 * * * * * * * *
100 0.3 – – – – – – – – 3.8 13.0 10.4 3.0
200 0.6 – – – – 1.7 11.2 9.1 1.6 6.5 17.8 14.4 5.2
6 600 2.0 4.5 14.2 11.1 3.8 4.9 19.6 15.2 3.8 10.8 28.0 21.0 8.2
2000 6.8 8.9 24.2 18.4 7.2 8.4 32.0 23.5 6.3 17.0 44.0 30.0 12.4
4000 13.6 12.1 31.6 23.7 9.2 10.8 40.0 28.0 8.0 22.0 54.0 36.0 15.0
100 0.1 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.2 – – – – – – – – – – – –
10 600 0.7 – – – – 3.5 19.6 16.0 2.8 11.3 31.5 25.0 9.0
2000 2.4 8.6 20.6 20.6 7.1 9.1 36.0 28.0 7.0 19.5 52.0 38.0 15.0
4000 4.8 13.0 27.6 27.6 10.3 12.2 48.0 36.0 9.6 26.0 63.0 46.0 19.0
CONVERSIONS WITH COMPACT LAMP DOWNLIGHTER 90°
cd/1000lm
90°
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.00
DLOR 0.60
300 LOR 0.60
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 3.3 2.4 5.8 5.8 2.4 2.0 6.7 6.7 2.0 3.5 7.2 7.2 3.5
200 6.7 2.9 6.6 6.6 2.9 2.3 6.9 6.9 2.3 3.6 7.8 7.8 3.6
2.5 600 21.1 3.5 7.6 7.6 3.5 2.6 7.7 7.7 2.6 3.9 8.7 8.7 3.9
2000 67.0 4.1 8.2 8.2 4.1 * * * * * * * *
4000 134.0 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.3 2.1 6.0 6.0 2.1 2.1 8.7 8.7 2.1 4.6 10.4 10.4 4.6
200 2.6 3.0 8.8 8.8 3.1 3.0 9.8 9.8 3.0 5.2 11.0 11.0 5.2
4 600 7.8 4.7 10.5 10.5 4.7 3.6 11.1 11.1 3.6 5.7 12.6 12.6 5.7
2000 26.0 5.5 11.8 11.8 5.5 3.8 12.0 12.0 3.8 6.2 13.0 13.0 6.2
4000 52.0 5.7 12.6 12.6 5.7 * * * * * * * *
458 100 0.6 – – – – 1.1 8.2 8.2 1.1 4.8 13.6 13.6 4.8
200 1.2 1.7 8.4 8.4 1.7 2.9 12.1 12.1 2.9 6.8 15.0 15.0 6.8
6 600 3.6 5.5 14.0 14.o 5.5 4.9 15.6 15.6 4.9 8.0 17.6 17.6 8.0
2000 12.0 7.5 17.0 17.0 7.5 5.9 17.7 17.7 5.9 9.0 18.9 18.9 9.0
4000 21.0 8.5 17.8 17.8 8.5 6.1 18.5 18.5 6.1 * * * *
100 0.2 – – – – – – – – 1.6 13.0 13.0 1.6
200 0.4 – – – – – – – – 6.5 19.6 19.6 6.52.2
10 600 1.2 3.9 15.0 15.0 3.9 5.2 21.6 21.6 5.2 11.5 25.6 25.6 11.5
2000 4.2 9.8 24.4 24.4 9.8 8.4 25.3 25.3 8.4 13.5 30.4 30.4 13.5
4000 8.4 12.2 27.5 27.5 12.2 9.4 26.3 26.3 9.4 15.2 33.0 33.0 15.2
CONVERSIONS WITH TROUGH REFLECTOR 90°

cd/1000lm
90° Nadir intensity 241cd/1000lm
100
60° 60°
200
ULOR 0.04
DLOR 0.83
300 LOR 0.87
30° 30°
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 2.5 2.3 6.8 5.4 1.9 2.3 9.0 7.0 1.8 4.8 11.8 9.6 3.9
200 5.2 3.4 9.0 7.6 2.7 3.1 10.9 8.8 2.6 5.9 13.8 11.4 4.8
2.5 600 15.6 5.1 12.1 10.0 4.0 4.2 14.0 12.6 3.5 7.1 16.2 16.0 6.5
2000 52.0 6.2 15.0 14.0 5.7 4.4 14.6 13.1 3.6 7.3 17.1 16.4 6.7
4000 104.0 * * * * * * * * * * * *
100 1.0 0.1 6.4 5.2 0.1 2.2 9.7 7.9 1.8 5.4 14.0 9.0 3.0
200 2.0 3.2 10.2 8.4 2.6 3.5 13.0 10.3 2.9 7.0 17.4 14.2 5.8
4 600 6.0 5.9 15.2 12.1 4.7 5.3 18.2 15.0 4.2 9.5 22.0 19.6 8.0
2000 20.0 8.7 19.8 17.8 7.1 6.9 23.2 21.0 6.2 10.6 24.0 22.0 9.2
4000 40.0 9.9 23.2 21.0 8.9 * * * * * * * *
100 0.4 – – – – – – – – 4.9 14.8 12.6 4.2
200 0.9 – – – – 2.8 13.2 11.0 2.5 7.4 20.2 16.2 6.3
6 600 2.7 5.6 16.5 13.0 4.8 5.7 21.6 17.2 4.5 11.7 26.8 23.4 9.5
2000 9.2 10.1 25.6 20.4 8.1 8.7 30.0 25.2 7.0 15.5 35.0 32.0 13.5
4000 18.4 12.8 27.6 25.0 10.2 9.4 34.0 30.0 8.7 * * * *
100 0.1 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.2 – – – – – – – – 6.6 21.6 17.6 5.12
10 600 0.9 – – – – 5.5 23.6 19.0 4.2 13.0 34.4 28.0 10.7
2000 3.2 10.7 30.0 24.0 8.8 10.5 38.0 30.8 8.4 20.6 48.0 40.0 16.2
4000 6.4 15.0 39.0 30.5 12.0 13.6 46.0 36.0 9.8 24.0 52.8 50.0 20.0
CONVERSIONS WITH PRISMATIC DIFFUSER cd/1000lm 150
120° 100 120°
50
90° 90°
ULOR 0.32
DLOR 0.49
60° 60°
LOR 0.81
Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.8 1.5 5.2 4.2 1.3 1.8 7.0 5.5 1.4 4.0 11.0 7.2 3.0
200 3.7 2.6 7.4 5.8 2.1 2.5 10.1 6.9 2.0 5.5 14.4 8.6 3.7
2.5 600 11.1 4.5 11.6 7.6 3.2 4.0 15.3 8.8 2.6 8.3 21.0 11.6 4.8
2000 37.0 7.0 18.4 10.2 4.3 4.9 18.5 10.3 3.0 9.7 24.5 12.8 5.4
4000 74.0 8.0 21.6 11.3 4.7 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – – – – 1.5 7.0 6.1 1.1 4.2 11.6 9.0 3.5
200 2.6 2.2 7.2 5.4 1.6 2.5 10.4 8.3 1.9 5.8 15.8 10.8 4.5
4 600 4.3 4.6 12.7 9.5 3.7 4.4 17.0 11.3 3.3 9.4 24.0 14.2 6.0
2000 15.0 7.9 21.0 13.0 5.6 7.3 26.0 15.7 4.5 14.7 13.0 19.6 8.2
4000 30.0 10.3 26.4 15.6 6.5 * * * * * * * *
100 0.32 – – – – – – – – 3.5 11.4 9.6 3.0
459
200 0.64 - - - - 1.8 10.0 8.8 1.4 5.8 16.3 13.0 4.9
6 600 2.0 4.2 13.0 10.8 3.6 4.5 17.6 13.3 3.7 10.1 26.2 17.3 7.3
2000 6.4 8.2 22.2 15.7 6.2 7.7 31.0 19.0 5.4 16.0 42.0 24.0 10.0
4000 13.0 11.2 30.0 19.0 7.8 10.5 40.0 23.0 6.6 21.0 52.0 29.0 12.0
100 0.11 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.23 – – – – – – – – 3.6 16.0 13.6 2.72.2
10 600 0.66 – – – – 3.5 18.2 15.9 2.8 10.2 28.0 21.7 8.4
2000 2.2 8.0 23.6 19.0 6.8 8.2 28.0 24.0 6.6 18.0 48.0 30.4 12.6
4000 4.4 11.8 32.3 24.2 9.5 11.3 44.0 28.0 8.4 24.0 56.0 38.0 15.2
CONVERSIONS WITH RECESSED MODULAR FITTED WITH FLAT 90°

cd/1000lm
90°
PRISMATIC DIFFUSER
60° 60°
80
ULOR 0.00
120
DLOR 0.47
160 LOR 0.47
30° 30°

Lux level 0.5L

0.5L 0.5L
0.5L
100 1.8 1.4 4.6 4.6 1.4 1.6 5.6 5.6 1.6 3.4 8.6 8.6 3.4
200 3.6 2.3 6.2 6.2 2.3 2.2 7.0 7.0 2.2 4.3 10.6 10.6 4.3
2.5 600 10.8 3.6 9.2 9.2 3.6 3.2 9.5 9.5 3.2 6.1 14.8 14.8 6.1
2000 18 4.3 10.6 10.6 4.3 3.7 11.5 11.5 3.7 * * * *
4000 36 5.3 13.2 13.2 5.3 * * * * * * * *
100 0.7 – 3.2 3.2 – 1.1 6.3 6.3 1.1 3.6 9.8 9.8 3.6
200 1.4 1.6 6.4 6.4 1.6 2.2 8.4 8.4 2.2 5.0 12.8 12.8 5.0
4 600 4.2 4.0 10.6 10.6 4.0 3.7 11.8 11.8 3.7 7.3 18.0 18.0 7.3
2000 7 5.0 12.8 12.8 5.0 4.5 14.0 14.0 4.5 8.4 20.8 20.8 8.4
4000 14 6.4 16.0 16.0 6.4 5.6 17.1 17.1 5.6 * * * *
100 0.3 – – – – – 6.0 6.0 – 2.8 10.0 10.0 2.8
200 0.6 – 4.0 4.0 – 1.4 9.0 9.0 1.4 5.0 14.0 14.0 5.0
6 600 1.8 3.5 11.2 11.2 3.5 3.9 13.9 13.9 3.9 8.2 20.8 20.8 8.2
2000 3 5.1 14.0 14.0 5.1 4.9 16.2 16.2 4.9 10.0 24.4 24.4 10.0
4000 6 7.1 18.4 18.4 7.1 6.4 20.3 20.3 6.4 12.2 20.4 20.4 12.2
100 0.11 – – – – – – – – – – – –
200 0.22 – – – – – – – – 2.0 13.2 13.2 2.02.2
10 600 0.66 – – – – 2.7 15.4 15.4 2.7 8.8 24.0 24.0 8.8
2000 1.1 2.3 13.6 13.6 2.3 4.8 19.0 19.0 4.8 11.2 29.2 29.2 11.2
4000 2.2 6.8 20.4 20.4 6.8 7.1 24.1 24.1 7.1 14.6 37.2 37.2 14.6

Central Battery System Cooper LTD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Central Battery System Cooper LTD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Central Battery Systems

Why central battery systems?

Simplified maintenance Integrated Emergency lighting

With a Central battery system the battery is housed in a

On large systems with hundreds of emergency luminaires,

Distributed systems can save on overall wiring

designated luminaire, or housed in a remote enclosure. Mains only

be used to control an individual luminaire or a series of

normal mains healthy conditions.

The operation of the ACM1 module is described opposite.

used to control dedicated slave luminaires if either local

This is achieved by simply not adding a switched live

Supply to emergency fitting

Charger and Controls

Mains Supply: 230 ± 10% VAC 1 phase 50hz

Example 1 (Switch start gear)

55 1 x 58W Switch start batten 79.3 4361.5 69 3795

Example 2 (HF gear)

55 58W High frequency batten 56.1 3085.5 55 3025

* contains Easicheck interface

Sales General Major Projects London Export

Cooper Industries Core values

Cooper Lighting & Safety Ltd

Additionally, 2007 saw the launch of the Axent range of

The following pages provide a guide to system design and standards,

• System Design (See page 6)

Central Battery Systems

LIGHTING DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

1. BS 5266 part 7 (EN 1838) specifies increased emergency light

Through the use of dedicated slave luminaires and conversion modules

Do you want dedicated Either use a maintained

Do you want the emergency

Use a maintained unit or

2. Static inverters provide mains voltage output during both

Central systems with dedicated slave luminaires

a) Non-maintained central battery unit with sub-circuit monitors.

b) Maintained central battery unit with the maintained circuit

c) Maintained central battery unit with remote hold off relays.

Local Switched Local Switched

Normal mains control gear Normal mains control gear

Local Switched Combined Mains/

Normal mains control gear

Mains only Mains only

Central Battery Systems

Fig. 2 Comparison of Battery Characteristics

Expected Life     

BATTERY ROOM VENTILATION

appropriate decision on ventilation requirements is made.

Although Valve Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries require little ventilation

Qty of Total VA Rating (Compact VA Rating (Compact

25 1 x 58W T8 (wire wound ballasts) 1725 1925 1925

Inverter Rating = 3870 6375 4375

b) Wiring systems requiring additional fire protection.

Systems should be installed in accordance with IEE Regulations and

Internet City, Dubai, UAE

Cable sizes Fig. 5

• Using higher system voltages (= lower currents and therefore lower

Comparison Data 24V 50V 110V 230V

Actual volt drop for 16mm 2

cable with 50m length

Distributed systems can save on overall wiring

1) Make a list of all the luminaires to be connected to the static

Example 1 (Switch start gear)

Expected Life